Search Results

Search found 10496 results on 420 pages for 'real yang'.

Page 414/420 | < Previous Page | 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420  | Next Page >

  • Rails + Nginx + Unicorn multiple apps

    - by Mikhail Nikalyukin
    I get the server where is currently installed two apps and i need to add another one, here is my configs. nginx.conf user www-data www-data; worker_processes 4; pid /var/run/nginx.pid; events { worker_connections 768; # multi_accept on; } http { sendfile on; tcp_nopush on; tcp_nodelay on; keepalive_timeout 65; types_hash_max_size 2048; include /etc/nginx/mime.types; default_type application/octet-stream; ## # Logging Settings ## access_log /var/log/nginx/access.log; error_log /var/log/nginx/error.log; ## # Disable unknown domains ## server { listen 80 default; server_name _; return 444; } ## # Virtual Host Configs ## include /home/ruby/apps/*/shared/config/nginx.conf; } unicorn.rb deploy_to = "/home/ruby/apps/staging.domain.com" rails_root = "#{deploy_to}/current" pid_file = "#{deploy_to}/shared/pids/unicorn.pid" socket_file= "#{deploy_to}/shared/sockets/.sock" log_file = "#{rails_root}/log/unicorn.log" err_log = "#{rails_root}/log/unicorn_error.log" old_pid = pid_file + '.oldbin' timeout 30 worker_processes 10 # ????? ???? ? ??????????? ?? ????????, ???????? ??????? ? ??????? ???? ???? listen socket_file, :backlog => 1024 pid pid_file stderr_path err_log stdout_path log_file preload_app true GC.copy_on_write_friendly = true if GC.respond_to?(:copy_on_write_friendly=) before_exec do |server| ENV["BUNDLE_GEMFILE"] = "#{rails_root}/Gemfile" end before_fork do |server, worker| defined?(ActiveRecord::Base) and ActiveRecord::Base.connection.disconnect! if File.exists?(old_pid) && server.pid != old_pid begin Process.kill("QUIT", File.read(old_pid).to_i) rescue Errno::ENOENT, Errno::ESRCH end end end after_fork do |server, worker| defined?(ActiveRecord::Base) and ActiveRecord::Base.establish_connection end Also im added capistrano to the project deploy.rb # encoding: utf-8 require 'capistrano/ext/multistage' require 'rvm/capistrano' require 'bundler/capistrano' set :stages, %w(staging production) set :default_stage, "staging" default_run_options[:pty] = true ssh_options[:paranoid] = false ssh_options[:forward_agent] = true set :scm, "git" set :user, "ruby" set :runner, "ruby" set :use_sudo, false set :deploy_via, :remote_cache set :rvm_ruby_string, '1.9.2' # Create uploads directory and link task :configure, :roles => :app do run "cp #{shared_path}/config/database.yml #{release_path}/config/database.yml" # run "ln -s #{shared_path}/db/sphinx #{release_path}/db/sphinx" # run "ln -s #{shared_path}/config/unicorn.rb #{release_path}/config/unicorn.rb" end namespace :deploy do task :restart do run "if [ -f #{unicorn_pid} ] && [ -e /proc/$(cat #{unicorn_pid}) ]; then kill -s USR2 `cat #{unicorn_pid}`; else cd #{deploy_to}/current && bundle exec unicorn_rails -c #{unicorn_conf} -E #{rails_env} -D; fi" end task :start do run "cd #{deploy_to}/current && bundle exec unicorn_rails -c #{unicorn_conf} -E #{rails_env} -D" end task :stop do run "if [ -f #{unicorn_pid} ] && [ -e /proc/$(cat #{unicorn_pid}) ]; then kill -QUIT `cat #{unicorn_pid}`; fi" end end before 'deploy:finalize_update', 'configure' after "deploy:update", "deploy:migrate", "deploy:cleanup" require './config/boot' nginx.conf in app shared path upstream staging_whotracker { server unix:/home/ruby/apps/staging.whotracker.com/shared/sockets/.sock; } server { listen 209.105.242.45; server_name beta.whotracker.com; rewrite ^/(.*) http://www.beta.whotracker.com/$1 permanent; } server { listen 209.105.242.45; server_name www.beta.hotracker.com; root /home/ruby/apps/staging.whotracker.com/current/public; location ~ ^/sitemaps/ { root /home/ruby/apps/staging.whotracker.com/current/system; if (!-f $request_filename) { break; } if (-f $request_filename) { expires -1; break; } } # cache static files :P location ~ ^/(images|javascripts|stylesheets)/ { root /home/ruby/apps/staging.whotracker.com/current/public; if ($query_string ~* "^[0-9a-zA-Z]{40}$") { expires max; break; } if (!-f $request_filename) { break; } } if ( -f /home/ruby/apps/staging.whotracker.com/shared/offline ) { return 503; } location /blog { index index.php index.html index.htm; try_files $uri $uri/ /blog/index.php?q=$uri; } location ~ \.php$ { try_files $uri =404; include /etc/nginx/fastcgi_params; fastcgi_pass unix:/var/run/php-fastcgi/php-fastcgi.socket; fastcgi_index index.php; fastcgi_param SCRIPT_FILENAME $document_root$fastcgi_script_name; } location / { proxy_set_header HTTP_REFERER $http_referer; proxy_set_header X-Real-IP $remote_addr; proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-For $proxy_add_x_forwarded_for; proxy_set_header Host $http_host; proxy_redirect off; proxy_max_temp_file_size 0; # If the file exists as a static file serve it directly without # running all the other rewite tests on it if (-f $request_filename) { break; } if (!-f $request_filename) { proxy_pass http://staging_whotracker; break; } } error_page 502 =503 @maintenance; error_page 500 504 /500.html; error_page 503 @maintenance; location @maintenance { rewrite ^(.*)$ /503.html break; } } unicorn.log executing ["/home/ruby/apps/staging.whotracker.com/shared/bundle/ruby/1.9.1/bin/unicorn_rails", "-c", "/home/ruby/apps/staging.whotracker.com/current/config/unicorn.rb", "-E", "staging", "-D", {5=>#<Kgio::UNIXServer:/home/ruby/apps/staging.whotracker.com/shared/sockets/.sock>}] (in /home/ruby/apps/staging.whotracker.com/releases/20120517114413) I, [2012-05-17T06:43:48.111717 #14636] INFO -- : inherited addr=/home/ruby/apps/staging.whotracker.com/shared/sockets/.sock fd=5 I, [2012-05-17T06:43:48.111938 #14636] INFO -- : Refreshing Gem list worker=0 ready ... master process ready ... reaped #<Process::Status: pid 2590 exit 0> worker=6 ... master complete Deploy goes successfully, but when i try to access beta.whotracker.com or ip-address i get SERVER NOT FOUND error, while others app works great. Nothing shows up in error logs. Can you please point me where is my fault?

    Read the article

  • UAT Testing for SOA 10G Clusters

    - by [email protected]
    A lot of customers ask how to verify their SOA clusters and make them production ready. Here is a list that I recommend using for 10G SOA Clusters. v\:* {behavior:url(#default#VML);} o\:* {behavior:url(#default#VML);} w\:* {behavior:url(#default#VML);} .shape {behavior:url(#default#VML);} Normal 0 false false false EN-CA X-NONE X-NONE /* Style Definitions */ table.MsoNormalTable {mso-style-name:"Table Normal"; mso-tstyle-rowband-size:0; mso-tstyle-colband-size:0; mso-style-noshow:yes; mso-style-priority:99; mso-style-qformat:yes; mso-style-parent:""; mso-padding-alt:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt; mso-para-margin-top:0cm; mso-para-margin-right:0cm; mso-para-margin-bottom:10.0pt; mso-para-margin-left:0cm; line-height:115%; mso-pagination:widow-orphan; font-size:11.0pt; mso-bidi-font-size:12.0pt; font-family:"Calibri","sans-serif"; mso-fareast-language:EN-US;} Test cases for each component - Oracle Application Server 10G General Application Server test cases This section is going to cover very General test cases to make sure that the Application Server cluster has been set up correctly and if you can start and stop all the components in the server via opmnct and AS Console. Test Case 1 Check if you can see AS instances in the console Implementation 1. Log on to the AS Console --> check to see if you can see all the nodes in your AS cluster. You should be able to see all the Oracle AS instances that are part of the cluster. This means that the OPMN clustering worked and the AS instances successfully joined the AS cluster. Result You should be able to see if all the instances in the AS cluster are listed in the EM console. If the instances are not listed here are the files to check to see if OPMN joined the cluster properly: $ORACLE_HOME\opmn\logs{*}opmn.log*$ORACLE_HOME\opmn\logs{*}opmn.dbg* If OPMN did not join the cluster properly, please check the opmn.xml file to make sure the discovery multicast address and port are correct (see this link  for opmn documentation). Restart the whole instance using opmnctl stopall followed by opmnctl startall. Log on to AS console to see if instance is listed as part of the cluster. Test Case 2 Check to see if you can start/stop each component Implementation Check each OC4J component on each AS instanceStart each and every component through the AS console to see if they will start and stop.Do that for each and every instance. Result Each component should start and stop through the AS console. You can also verify if the component started by checking opmnctl status by logging onto each box associated with the cluster Test Case 3 Add/modify a datasource entry through AS console on a remote AS instance (not on the instance where EM is physically running) Implementation Pick an OC4J instanceCreate a new data-source through the AS consoleModify an existing data-source or connection pool (optional) Result Open $ORACLE_HOME\j2ee\<oc4j_name>\config\data-sources.xml to see if the new (and or the modified) connection details and data-source exist. If they do then the AS console has successfully updated a remote file and MBeans are communicating correctly. Test Case 4 Start and stop AS instances using opmnctl @cluster command Implementation 1. Go to $ORACLE_HOME\opmn\bin and use the opmnctl @cluster to start and stop the AS instances Result Use opmnctl @cluster status to check for start and stop statuses.  HTTP server test cases This section will deal with use cases to test HTTP server failover scenarios. In these examples the HTTP server will be talking to the BPEL console (or any other web application that the client wants), so the URL will be _http://hostname:port\BPELConsole Test Case 1  Shut down one of the HTTP servers while accessing the BPEL console and see the requested routed to the second HTTP server in the cluster Implementation Access the BPELConsoleCheck $ORACLE_HOME\Apache\Apache\logs\access_log --> check for the timestamp and the URL that was accessed by the user. Timestamp and URL would look like this 1xx.2x.2xx.xxx [24/Mar/2009:16:04:38 -0500] "GET /BPELConsole=System HTTP/1.1" 200 15 After you have figured out which HTTP server this is running on, shut down this HTTP server by using opmnctl stopproc --> this is a graceful shutdown.Access the BPELConsole again (please note that you should have a LoadBalancer in front of the HTTP server and configured the Apache Virtual Host, see EDG for steps)Check $ORACLE_HOME\Apache\Apache\logs\access_log --> check for the timestamp and the URL that was accessed by the user. Timestamp and URL would look like above Result Even though you are shutting down the HTTP server the request is routed to the surviving HTTP server, which is then able to route the request to the BPEL Console and you are able to access the console. By checking the access log file you can confirm that the request is being picked up by the surviving node. Test Case 2 Repeat the same test as above but instead of calling opmnctl stopproc, pull the network cord of one of the HTTP servers, so that the LBR routes the request to the surviving HTTP node --> this is simulating a network failure. Test Case 3 In test case 1 we have simulated a graceful shutdown, in this case we will simulate an Apache crash Implementation Use opmnctl status -l to get the PID of the HTTP server that you would like forcefully bring downOn Linux use kill -9 <PID> to kill the HTTP serverAccess the BPEL console Result As you shut down the HTTP server, OPMN will restart the HTTP server. The restart may be so quick that the LBR may still route the request to the same server. One way to check if the HTTP server restared is to check the new PID and the timestamp in the access log for the BPEL console. BPEL test cases This section is going to cover scenarios dealing with BPEL clustering using jGroups, BPEL deployment and testing related to BPEL failover. Test Case 1 Verify that jGroups has initialized correctly. There is no real testing in this use case just a visual verification by looking at log files that jGroups has initialized correctly. Check the opmn log for the BPEL container for all nodes at $ORACLE_HOME/opmn/logs/<group name><container name><group name>~1.log. This logfile will contain jGroups related information during startup and steady-state operation. Soon after startup you should find log entries for UDP or TCP.Example jGroups Log Entries for UDPApr 3, 2008 6:30:37 PM org.collaxa.thirdparty.jgroups.protocols.UDP createSockets ·         INFO: sockets will use interface 144.25.142.172·          ·         Apr 3, 2008 6:30:37 PM org.collaxa.thirdparty.jgroups.protocols.UDP createSockets·          ·         INFO: socket information:·          ·         local_addr=144.25.142.172:1127, mcast_addr=228.8.15.75:45788, bind_addr=/144.25.142.172, ttl=32·         sock: bound to 144.25.142.172:1127, receive buffer size=64000, send buffer size=32000·         mcast_recv_sock: bound to 144.25.142.172:45788, send buffer size=32000, receive buffer size=64000·         mcast_send_sock: bound to 144.25.142.172:1128, send buffer size=32000, receive buffer size=64000·         Apr 3, 2008 6:30:37 PM org.collaxa.thirdparty.jgroups.protocols.TP$DiagnosticsHandler bindToInterfaces·          ·         -------------------------------------------------------·          ·         GMS: address is 144.25.142.172:1127·          ------------------------------------------------------- Example jGroups Log Entries for TCPApr 3, 2008 6:23:39 PM org.collaxa.thirdparty.jgroups.blocks.ConnectionTable start ·         INFO: server socket created on 144.25.142.172:7900·          ·         Apr 3, 2008 6:23:39 PM org.collaxa.thirdparty.jgroups.protocols.TP$DiagnosticsHandler bindToInterfaces·          ·         -------------------------------------------------------·         GMS: address is 144.25.142.172:7900------------------------------------------------------- In the log below the "socket created on" indicates that the TCP socket is established on the own node at that IP address and port the "created socket to" shows that the second node has connected to the first node, matching the logfile above with the IP address and port.Apr 3, 2008 6:25:40 PM org.collaxa.thirdparty.jgroups.blocks.ConnectionTable start ·         INFO: server socket created on 144.25.142.173:7901·          ·         Apr 3, 2008 6:25:40 PM org.collaxa.thirdparty.jgroups.protocols.TP$DiagnosticsHandler bindToInterfaces·          ·         ------------------------------------------------------·         GMS: address is 144.25.142.173:7901·         -------------------------------------------------------·         Apr 3, 2008 6:25:41 PM org.collaxa.thirdparty.jgroups.blocks.ConnectionTable getConnectionINFO: created socket to 144.25.142.172:7900  Result By reviewing the log files, you can confirm if BPEL clustering at the jGroups level is working and that the jGroup channel is communicating. Test Case 2  Test connectivity between BPEL Nodes Implementation Test connections between different cluster nodes using ping, telnet, and traceroute. The presence of firewalls and number of hops between cluster nodes can affect performance as they have a tendency to take down connections after some time or simply block them.Also reference Metalink Note 413783.1: "How to Test Whether Multicast is Enabled on the Network." Result Using the above tools you can confirm if Multicast is working  and whether BPEL nodes are commnunicating. Test Case3 Test deployment of BPEL suitcase to one BPEL node.  Implementation Deploy a HelloWorrld BPEL suitcase (or any other client specific BPEL suitcase) to only one BPEL instance using ant, or JDeveloper or via the BPEL consoleLog on to the second BPEL console to check if the BPEL suitcase has been deployed Result If jGroups has been configured and communicating correctly, BPEL clustering will allow you to deploy a suitcase to a single node, and jGroups will notify the second instance of the deployment. The second BPEL instance will go to the DB and pick up the new deployment after receiving notification. The result is that the new deployment will be "deployed" to each node, by only deploying to a single BPEL instance in the BPEL cluster. Test Case 4  Test to see if the BPEL server failsover and if all asynch processes are picked up by the secondary BPEL instance Implementation Deploy a 2 Asynch process: A ParentAsynch Process which calls a ChildAsynchProcess with a variable telling it how many times to loop or how many seconds to sleepA ChildAsynchProcess that loops or sleeps or has an onAlarmMake sure that the processes are deployed to both serversShut down one BPEL serverOn the active BPEL server call ParentAsynch a few times (use the load generation page)When you have enough ParentAsynch instances shut down this BPEL instance and start the other one. Please wait till this BPEL instance shuts down fully before starting up the second one.Log on to the BPEL console and see that the instance were picked up by the second BPEL node and completed Result The BPEL instance will failover to the secondary node and complete the flow ESB test cases This section covers the use cases involved with testing an ESB cluster. For this section please Normal 0 false false false EN-CA X-NONE X-NONE /* Style Definitions */ table.MsoNormalTable {mso-style-name:"Table Normal"; mso-tstyle-rowband-size:0; mso-tstyle-colband-size:0; mso-style-noshow:yes; mso-style-priority:99; mso-style-qformat:yes; mso-style-parent:""; mso-padding-alt:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt; mso-para-margin-top:0cm; mso-para-margin-right:0cm; mso-para-margin-bottom:10.0pt; mso-para-margin-left:0cm; line-height:115%; mso-pagination:widow-orphan; font-size:11.0pt; mso-bidi-font-size:12.0pt; font-family:"Calibri","sans-serif"; mso-fareast-language:EN-US;} follow Metalink Note 470267.1 which covers the basic tests to verify your ESB cluster.

    Read the article

  • Flow-Design Cheat Sheet &ndash; Part I, Notation

    - by Ralf Westphal
    You want to avoid the pitfalls of object oriented design? Then this is the right place to start. Use Flow-Oriented Analysis (FOA) and –Design (FOD or just FD for Flow-Design) to understand a problem domain and design a software solution. Flow-Orientation as described here is related to Flow-Based Programming, Event-Based Programming, Business Process Modelling, and even Event-Driven Architectures. But even though “thinking in flows” is not new, I found it helpful to deviate from those precursors for several reasons. Some aim at too big systems for the average programmer, some are concerned with only asynchronous processing, some are even not very much concerned with programming at all. What I was looking for was a design method to help in software projects of any size, be they large or tiny, involing synchronous or asynchronous processing, being local or distributed, running on the web or on the desktop or on a smartphone. That´s why I took ideas from all of the above sources and some additional and came up with Event-Based Components which later got repositioned and renamed to Flow-Design. In the meantime this has generated some discussion (in the German developer community) and several teams have started to work with Flow-Design. Also I´ve conducted quite some trainings using Flow-Orientation for design. The results are very promising. Developers find it much easier to design software using Flow-Orientation than OOAD-based object orientation. Since Flow-Orientation is moving fast and is not covered completely by a single source like a book, demand has increased for at least an overview of the current state of its notation. This page is trying to answer this demand by briefly introducing/describing every notational element as well as their translation into C# source code. Take this as a cheat sheet to put next to your whiteboard when designing software. However, please do not expect any explanation as to the reasons behind Flow-Design elements. Details on why Flow-Design at all and why in this specific way you´ll find in the literature covering the topic. Here´s a resource page on Flow-Design/Event-Based Components, if you´re able to read German. Notation Connected Functional Units The basic element of any FOD are functional units (FU): Think of FUs as some kind of software code block processing data. For the moment forget about classes, methods, “components”, assemblies or whatever. See a FU as an abstract piece of code. Software then consists of just collaborating FUs. I´m using circles/ellipses to draw FUs. But if you like, use rectangles. Whatever suites your whiteboard needs best.   The purpose of FUs is to process input and produce output. FUs are transformational. However, FUs are not called and do not call other FUs. There is no dependency between FUs. Data just flows into a FU (input) and out of it (output). From where and where to is of no concern to a FU.   This way FUs can be concatenated in arbitrary ways:   Each FU can accept input from many sources and produce output for many sinks:   Flows Connected FUs form a flow with a start and an end. Data is entering a flow at a source, and it´s leaving it through a sink. Think of sources and sinks as special FUs which conntect wires to the environment of a network of FUs.   Wiring Details Data is flowing into/out of FUs through wires. This is to allude to electrical engineering which since long has been working with composable parts. Wires are attached to FUs usings pins. They are the entry/exit points for the data flowing along the wires. Input-/output pins currently need not be drawn explicitly. This is to keep designing on a whiteboard simple and quick.   Data flowing is of some type, so wires have a type attached to them. And pins have names. If there is only one input pin and output pin on a FU, though, you don´t need to mention them. The default is Process for a single input pin, and Result for a single output pin. But you´re free to give even single pins different names.   There is a shortcut in use to address a certain pin on a destination FU:   The type of the wire is put in parantheses for two reasons. 1. This way a “no-type” wire can be easily denoted, 2. this is a natural way to describe tuples of data.   To describe how much data is flowing, a star can be put next to the wire type:   Nesting – Boards and Parts If more than 5 to 10 FUs need to be put in a flow a FD starts to become hard to understand. To keep diagrams clutter free they can be nested. You can turn any FU into a flow: This leads to Flow-Designs with different levels of abstraction. A in the above illustration is a high level functional unit, A.1 and A.2 are lower level functional units. One of the purposes of Flow-Design is to be able to describe systems on different levels of abstraction and thus make it easier to understand them. Humans use abstraction/decomposition to get a grip on complexity. Flow-Design strives to support this and make levels of abstraction first class citizens for programming. You can read the above illustration like this: Functional units A.1 and A.2 detail what A is supposed to do. The whole of A´s responsibility is decomposed into smaller responsibilities A.1 and A.2. FU A thus does not do anything itself anymore! All A is responsible for is actually accomplished by the collaboration between A.1 and A.2. Since A now is not doing anything anymore except containing A.1 and A.2 functional units are devided into two categories: boards and parts. Boards are just containing other functional units; their sole responsibility is to wire them up. A is a board. Boards thus depend on the functional units nested within them. This dependency is not of a functional nature, though. Boards are not dependent on services provided by nested functional units. They are just concerned with their interface to be able to plug them together. Parts are the workhorses of flows. They contain the real domain logic. They actually transform input into output. However, they do not depend on other functional units. Please note the usage of source and sink in boards. They correspond to input-pins and output-pins of the board.   Implicit Dependencies Nesting functional units leads to a dependency tree. Boards depend on nested functional units, they are the inner nodes of the tree. Parts are independent, they are the leafs: Even though dependencies are the bane of software development, Flow-Design does not usually draw these dependencies. They are implicitly created by visually nesting functional units. And they are harmless. Boards are so simple in their functionality, they are little affected by changes in functional units they are depending on. But functional units are implicitly dependent on more than nested functional units. They are also dependent on the data types of the wires attached to them: This is also natural and thus does not need to be made explicit. And it pertains mainly to parts being dependent. Since boards don´t do anything with regard to a problem domain, they don´t care much about data types. Their infrastructural purpose just needs types of input/output-pins to match.   Explicit Dependencies You could say, Flow-Orientation is about tackling complexity at its root cause: that´s dependencies. “Natural” dependencies are depicted naturally, i.e. implicitly. And whereever possible dependencies are not even created. Functional units don´t know their collaborators within a flow. This is core to Flow-Orientation. That makes for high composability of functional units. A part is as independent of other functional units as a motor is from the rest of the car. And a board is as dependend on nested functional units as a motor is on a spark plug or a crank shaft. With Flow-Design software development moves closer to how hardware is constructed. Implicit dependencies are not enough, though. Sometimes explicit dependencies make designs easier – as counterintuitive this might sound. So FD notation needs a ways to denote explicit dependencies: Data flows along wires. But data does not flow along dependency relations. Instead dependency relations represent service calls. Functional unit C is depending on/calling services on functional unit S. If you want to be more specific, name the services next to the dependency relation: Although you should try to stay clear of explicit dependencies, they are fundamentally ok. See them as a way to add another dimension to a flow. Usually the functionality of the independent FU (“Customer repository” above) is orthogonal to the domain of the flow it is referenced by. If you like emphasize this by using different shapes for dependent and independent FUs like above. Such dependencies can be used to link in resources like databases or shared in-memory state. FUs can not only produce output but also can have side effects. A common pattern for using such explizit dependencies is to hook a GUI into a flow as the source and/or the sink of data: Which can be shortened to: Treat FUs others depend on as boards (with a special non-FD API the dependent part is connected to), but do not embed them in a flow in the diagram they are depended upon.   Attributes of Functional Units Creation and usage of functional units can be modified with attributes. So far the following have shown to be helpful: Singleton: FUs are by default multitons. FUs in the same of different flows with the same name refer to the same functionality, but to different instances. Think of functional units as objects that get instanciated anew whereever they appear in a design. Sometimes though it´s helpful to reuse the same instance of a functional unit; this is always due to valuable state it holds. Signify this by annotating the FU with a “(S)”. Multiton: FUs on which others depend are singletons by default. This is, because they usually are introduced where shared state comes into play. If you want to change them to be a singletons mark them with a “(M)”. Configurable: Some parts need to be configured before the can do they work in a flow. Annotate them with a “(C)” to have them initialized before any data items to be processed by them arrive. Do not assume any order in which FUs are configured. How such configuration is happening is an implementation detail. Entry point: In each design there needs to be a single part where “it all starts”. That´s the entry point for all processing. It´s like Program.Main() in C# programs. Mark the entry point part with an “(E)”. Quite often this will be the GUI part. How the entry point is started is an implementation detail. Just consider it the first FU to start do its job.   Patterns / Standard Parts If more than a single wire is attached to an output-pin that´s called a split (or fork). The same data is flowing on all of the wires. Remember: Flow-Designs are synchronous by default. So a split does not mean data is processed in parallel afterwards. Processing still happens synchronously and thus one branch after another. Do not assume any specific order of the processing on the different branches after the split.   It is common to do a split and let only parts of the original data flow on through the branches. This effectively means a map is needed after a split. This map can be implicit or explicit.   Although FUs can have multiple input-pins it is preferrable in most cases to combine input data from different branches using an explicit join: The default output of a join is a tuple of its input values. The default behavior of a join is to output a value whenever a new input is received. However, to produce its first output a join needs an input for all its input-pins. Other join behaviors can be: reset all inputs after an output only produce output if data arrives on certain input-pins

    Read the article

  • Windows Azure: Announcing release of Windows Azure SDK 2.2 (with lots of goodies)

    - by ScottGu
    Earlier today I blogged about a big update we made today to Windows Azure, and some of the great new features it provides. Today I’m also excited to also announce the release of the Windows Azure SDK 2.2. Today’s SDK release adds even more great features including: Visual Studio 2013 Support Integrated Windows Azure Sign-In support within Visual Studio Remote Debugging Cloud Services with Visual Studio Firewall Management support within Visual Studio for SQL Databases Visual Studio 2013 RTM VM Images for MSDN Subscribers Windows Azure Management Libraries for .NET Updated Windows Azure PowerShell Cmdlets and ScriptCenter The below post has more details on what’s available in today’s Windows Azure SDK 2.2 release.  Also head over to Channel 9 to see the new episode of the Visual Studio Toolbox show that will be available shortly, and which highlights these features in a video demonstration. Visual Studio 2013 Support Version 2.2 of the Window Azure SDK is the first official version of the SDK to support the final RTM release of Visual Studio 2013. If you installed the 2.1 SDK with the Preview of Visual Studio 2013 we recommend that you upgrade your projects to SDK 2.2.  SDK 2.2 also works side by side with the SDK 2.0 and SDK 2.1 releases on Visual Studio 2012: Integrated Windows Azure Sign In within Visual Studio Integrated Windows Azure Sign-In support within Visual Studio is one of the big improvements added with this Windows Azure SDK release.  Integrated sign-in support enables developers to develop/test/manage Windows Azure resources within Visual Studio without having to download or use management certificates.  You can now just right-click on the “Windows Azure” icon within the Server Explorer inside Visual Studio and choose the “Connect to Windows Azure” context menu option to connect to Windows Azure: Doing this will prompt you to enter the email address of the account you wish to sign-in with: You can use either a Microsoft Account (e.g. Windows Live ID) or an Organizational account (e.g. Active Directory) as the email.  The dialog will update with an appropriate login prompt depending on which type of email address you enter: Once you sign-in you’ll see the Windows Azure resources that you have permissions to manage show up automatically within the Visual Studio Server Explorer (and you can start using them): With this new integrated sign in experience you are now able to publish web apps, deploy VMs and cloud services, use Windows Azure diagnostics, and fully interact with your Windows Azure services within Visual Studio without the need for a management certificate.  All of the authentication is handled using the Windows Azure Active Directory associated with your Windows Azure account (details on this can be found in my earlier blog post). Integrating authentication this way end-to-end across the Service Management APIs + Dev Tools + Management Portal + PowerShell automation scripts enables a much more secure and flexible security model within Windows Azure, and makes it much more convenient to securely manage multiple developers + administrators working on a project.  It also allows organizations and enterprises to use the same authentication model that they use for their developers on-premises in the cloud.  It also ensures that employees who leave an organization immediately lose access to their company’s cloud based resources once their Active Directory account is suspended. Filtering/Subscription Management Once you login within Visual Studio, you can filter which Windows Azure subscriptions/regions are visible within the Server Explorer by right-clicking the “Filter Services” context menu within the Server Explorer.  You can also use the “Manage Subscriptions” context menu to mange your Windows Azure Subscriptions: Bringing up the “Manage Subscriptions” dialog allows you to see which accounts you are currently using, as well as which subscriptions are within them: The “Certificates” tab allows you to continue to import and use management certificates to manage Windows Azure resources as well.  We have not removed any functionality with today’s update – all of the existing scenarios that previously supported management certificates within Visual Studio continue to work just fine.  The new integrated sign-in support provided with today’s release is purely additive. Note: the SQL Database node and the Mobile Service node in Server Explorer do not support integrated sign-in at this time. Therefore, you will only see databases and mobile services under those nodes if you have a management certificate to authorize access to them.  We will enable them with integrated sign-in in a future update. Remote Debugging Cloud Resources within Visual Studio Today’s Windows Azure SDK 2.2 release adds support for remote debugging many types of Windows Azure resources. With live, remote debugging support from within Visual Studio, you are now able to have more visibility than ever before into how your code is operating live in Windows Azure.  Let’s walkthrough how to enable remote debugging for a Cloud Service: Remote Debugging of Cloud Services To enable remote debugging for your cloud service, select Debug as the Build Configuration on the Common Settings tab of your Cloud Service’s publish dialog wizard: Then click the Advanced Settings tab and check the Enable Remote Debugging for all roles checkbox: Once your cloud service is published and running live in the cloud, simply set a breakpoint in your local source code: Then use Visual Studio’s Server Explorer to select the Cloud Service instance deployed in the cloud, and then use the Attach Debugger context menu on the role or to a specific VM instance of it: Once the debugger attaches to the Cloud Service, and a breakpoint is hit, you’ll be able to use the rich debugging capabilities of Visual Studio to debug the cloud instance remotely, in real-time, and see exactly how your app is running in the cloud. Today’s remote debugging support is super powerful, and makes it much easier to develop and test applications for the cloud.  Support for remote debugging Cloud Services is available as of today, and we’ll also enable support for remote debugging Web Sites shortly. Firewall Management Support with SQL Databases By default we enable a security firewall around SQL Databases hosted within Windows Azure.  This ensures that only your application (or IP addresses you approve) can connect to them and helps make your infrastructure secure by default.  This is great for protection at runtime, but can sometimes be a pain at development time (since by default you can’t connect/manage the database remotely within Visual Studio if the security firewall blocks your instance of VS from connecting to it). One of the cool features we’ve added with today’s release is support that makes it easy to enable and configure the security firewall directly within Visual Studio.  Now with the SDK 2.2 release, when you try and connect to a SQL Database using the Visual Studio Server Explorer, and a firewall rule prevents access to the database from your machine, you will be prompted to add a firewall rule to enable access from your local IP address: You can simply click Add Firewall Rule and a new rule will be automatically added for you. In some cases, the logic to detect your local IP may not be sufficient (for example: you are behind a corporate firewall that uses a range of IP addresses) and you may need to set up a firewall rule for a range of IP addresses in order to gain access. The new Add Firewall Rule dialog also makes this easy to do.  Once connected you’ll be able to manage your SQL Database directly within the Visual Studio Server Explorer: This makes it much easier to work with databases in the cloud. Visual Studio 2013 RTM Virtual Machine Images Available for MSDN Subscribers Last week we released the General Availability Release of Visual Studio 2013 to the web.  This is an awesome release with a ton of new features. With today’s Windows Azure update we now have a set of pre-configured VM images of VS 2013 available within the Windows Azure Management Portal for use by MSDN customers.  This enables you to create a VM in the cloud with VS 2013 pre-installed on it in with only a few clicks: Windows Azure now provides the fastest and easiest way to get started doing development with Visual Studio 2013. Windows Azure Management Libraries for .NET (Preview) Having the ability to automate the creation, deployment, and tear down of resources is a key requirement for applications running in the cloud.  It also helps immensely when running dev/test scenarios and coded UI tests against pre-production environments. Today we are releasing a preview of a new set of Windows Azure Management Libraries for .NET.  These new libraries make it easy to automate tasks using any .NET language (e.g. C#, VB, F#, etc).  Previously this automation capability was only available through the Windows Azure PowerShell Cmdlets or to developers who were willing to write their own wrappers for the Windows Azure Service Management REST API. Modern .NET Developer Experience We’ve worked to design easy-to-understand .NET APIs that still map well to the underlying REST endpoints, making sure to use and expose the modern .NET functionality that developers expect today: Portable Class Library (PCL) support targeting applications built for any .NET Platform (no platform restriction) Shipped as a set of focused NuGet packages with minimal dependencies to simplify versioning Support async/await task based asynchrony (with easy sync overloads) Shared infrastructure for common error handling, tracing, configuration, HTTP pipeline manipulation, etc. Factored for easy testability and mocking Built on top of popular libraries like HttpClient and Json.NET Below is a list of a few of the management client classes that are shipping with today’s initial preview release: .NET Class Name Supports Operations for these Assets (and potentially more) ManagementClient Locations Credentials Subscriptions Certificates ComputeManagementClient Hosted Services Deployments Virtual Machines Virtual Machine Images & Disks StorageManagementClient Storage Accounts WebSiteManagementClient Web Sites Web Site Publish Profiles Usage Metrics Repositories VirtualNetworkManagementClient Networks Gateways Automating Creating a Virtual Machine using .NET Let’s walkthrough an example of how we can use the new Windows Azure Management Libraries for .NET to fully automate creating a Virtual Machine. I’m deliberately showing a scenario with a lot of custom options configured – including VHD image gallery enumeration, attaching data drives, network endpoints + firewall rules setup - to show off the full power and richness of what the new library provides. We’ll begin with some code that demonstrates how to enumerate through the built-in Windows images within the standard Windows Azure VM Gallery.  We’ll search for the first VM image that has the word “Windows” in it and use that as our base image to build the VM from.  We’ll then create a cloud service container in the West US region to host it within: We can then customize some options on it such as setting up a computer name, admin username/password, and hostname.  We’ll also open up a remote desktop (RDP) endpoint through its security firewall: We’ll then specify the VHD host and data drives that we want to mount on the Virtual Machine, and specify the size of the VM we want to run it in: Once everything has been set up the call to create the virtual machine is executed asynchronously In a few minutes we’ll then have a completely deployed VM running on Windows Azure with all of the settings (hard drives, VM size, machine name, username/password, network endpoints + firewall settings) fully configured and ready for us to use: Preview Availability via NuGet The Windows Azure Management Libraries for .NET are now available via NuGet. Because they are still in preview form, you’ll need to add the –IncludePrerelease switch when you go to retrieve the packages. The Package Manager Console screen shot below demonstrates how to get the entire set of libraries to manage your Windows Azure assets: You can also install them within your .NET projects by right clicking on the VS Solution Explorer and using the Manage NuGet Packages context menu command.  Make sure to select the “Include Prerelease” drop-down for them to show up, and then you can install the specific management libraries you need for your particular scenarios: Open Source License The new Windows Azure Management Libraries for .NET make it super easy to automate management operations within Windows Azure – whether they are for Virtual Machines, Cloud Services, Storage Accounts, Web Sites, and more.  Like the rest of the Windows Azure SDK, we are releasing the source code under an open source (Apache 2) license and it is hosted at https://github.com/WindowsAzure/azure-sdk-for-net/tree/master/libraries if you wish to contribute. PowerShell Enhancements and our New Script Center Today, we are also shipping Windows Azure PowerShell 0.7.0 (which is a separate download). You can find the full change log here. Here are some of the improvements provided with it: Windows Azure Active Directory authentication support Script Center providing many sample scripts to automate common tasks on Windows Azure New cmdlets for Media Services and SQL Database Script Center Windows Azure enables you to script and automate a lot of tasks using PowerShell.  People often ask for more pre-built samples of common scenarios so that they can use them to learn and tweak/customize. With this in mind, we are excited to introduce a new Script Center that we are launching for Windows Azure. You can learn about how to scripting with Windows Azure with a get started article. You can then find many sample scripts across different solutions, including infrastructure, data management, web, and more: All of the sample scripts are hosted on TechNet with links from the Windows Azure Script Center. Each script is complete with good code comments, detailed descriptions, and examples of usage. Summary Visual Studio 2013 and the Windows Azure SDK 2.2 make it easier than ever to get started developing rich cloud applications. Along with the Windows Azure Developer Center’s growing set of .NET developer resources to guide your development efforts, today’s Windows Azure SDK 2.2 release should make your development experience more enjoyable and efficient. If you don’t already have a Windows Azure account, you can sign-up for a free trial and start using all of the above features today.  Then visit the Windows Azure Developer Center to learn more about how to build apps with it. Hope this helps, Scott P.S. In addition to blogging, I am also now using Twitter for quick updates and to share links. Follow me at: twitter.com/scottgu

    Read the article

  • CodePlex Daily Summary for Tuesday, March 27, 2012

    CodePlex Daily Summary for Tuesday, March 27, 2012Popular ReleasesHarness: Harness 2.0.2: change to .NET Framework Client Profile bug fix the download dialog auto answer. bug fix setFocus command. add "SendKeys" command. remove "closeAll" command. minor bugs fixed.BugNET Issue Tracker: BugNET 0.9.161: Below is a list of fixes in this release. Bug BGN-2092 - Link in Email "visit your profile" not functional BGN-2083 - Manager of bugnet can not edit project when it is not public BGN-2080 - clicking on a link in the project summary causes error (0.9.152.0) BGN-2070 - Missing Functionality On Feed.aspx BGN-2069 - Calendar View does not work BGN-2068 - Time tracking totals not ok BGN-2067 - Issues List Page Size Bug: Index was out of range. Must be non-negative and less than the si...YAF.NET (aka Yet Another Forum.NET): v1.9.6.1 RTW: v1.9.6.1 FINAL is .NET v4.0 ONLY v1.9.6.1 has: Performance Improvements .NET v4.0 improvements Improved FaceBook Integration More complete change list and discussion here: http://forum.yetanotherforum.net/yaf_postst14201_v1-9-6-1-RTW-Dated--3-26-2012.aspxQuick Performance Monitor: Version 1.8.1: Added option to set main window to be 'Always On Top'. Use context (right-click) menu on graph to toggle.Asp.NET Url Router: v1.0: build for .net 2.0 and .net 4.0SQLinq - use LINQ to generate Ad-Hoc Sql Queries: SQLinq v1.1: Nuget Package:http://nuget.org/packages/sqlinq Install SQLinq via Nuget Change Log:Fixed "SELECT *" bug when no selector is specified Added ".Take(int)" and ".Skip(int)" methods to support paging Added ability to specify "ORDER BY"DbViewSharp: Sql Compact Edition plugins: The SQL CE plugins are new assemblies written to allow DbViewSharp to work with SQL Compact Edition databases. Some features available for Sql Server databases are unavailable because of restrictions in the Compact Edition engine. However there are plans to add different new features as compensation for this. See the Sql CE Plugin page for more details.TileSet Map Editor: Map Creator: can add maps/ layers can use only 1 tileset for now Have Save/Load Logics... added Fill Copy and Paste working towards better code and more optionsBagammon pc player: Baggamon pc player v.1.3: This a source code of a project "tool-game" Bagammon pc player. It has bug. Please do not fix them. Thank you. For your information : "If you want to use it buy it. Send an email."openSourceC.Daylife: Release v1.0a: This is a minor bug fix release with some minor internal refactoring as well. The Documentation page has some code samples that show how to use the library. If you discover any issues with this release, please check the existing Discussions and Issues to see if the issue has already been reported, and if not, create a new discussion with the details of the issue.menu4web: menu4web 0.0.3: menu4web 0.0.3Windawesome: Windawesome v1.4.0 x86: Added a SeparatorWidget. Implemented some xmonad-like functionality for multiple-monitors - see SwapCurrentWorkspaceWith, SwitchToNextMonitor and SwitchToPreviousMonitor. Thanks to mkocubinski for the idea and some of the implementation. Implemented AddBarToWorkspace and RemoveBarFromWorkspace. Small performance improvements. Any issues/recommendations/requests for future versions? This is the 32-bit version of the release. If you use a 32-bit Windows, this is the release you should u...Navigation for ASP.NET Web Forms: Navigation 1.4: Navigation for ASP.NET Web Forms manages movement and data passing between ASPX pages in a unit-testable manner. There is no client-side logic, so it works in all browsers, and no server-side cache, so it works with the browser back button. Comprehensive documentation and sample code can be found under the Documentation tab (Make sure to unblock all zip files prior to extraction) New - Added default State NavigationData. Supports strongly typed values and routing defaults New - Added mobi...Afrihost Usage Monitoring Gadget: Afrihost Gadget 1.2.0: This is the stable current download: Changes: Added support for Uncapped accounts. Added support for IS Uncapped Accounts.ArcGIS Editor for OpenStreetMap: ArcGIS Editor for OSM 2.0 Final: This release installs both the ArcGIS Editor for OSM Server Component and/or ArcGIS Editor for OSM Desktop components. The Desktop tools allow you to download data from the OpenStreetMap servers and store it locally in a geodatabase. You can then use the familiar editing environment of ArcGIS Desktop to create, modify, or delete data. Once you are done editing, you can post back the edit changes to OSM to make them available to all OSM users. The Server Component allows you to quickly create...Craig's Utility Library: Craig's Utility Library 3.1: This update adds about 60 new extension methods, a couple of new classes, and a number of fixes including: Additions Added DateSpan class Added GenericDelimited class Random additions Added static thread friendly version of Random.Next called ThreadSafeNext. AOP Manager additions Added Destroy function to AOPManager (clears out all data so system can be recreated. Really only useful for testing...) ORM additions Added PagedCommand and PageCount functions to ObjectBaseClass (same as M...DotSpatial: DotSpatial 1.1: This is a Minor Release. See the changes in the issue tracker. Minimal -- includes DotSpatial core and essential extensions Extended -- includes debugging symbols and additional extensions Just want to run the software? End user (non-programmer) version available branded as MapWindow Want to add your own feature? Develop a plugin, using the template and contribute to the extension feed (you can also write extensions that you distribute in other ways). Components are available as NuGet pa...Microsoft All-In-One Code Framework - a centralized code sample library: C++, .NET Coding Guideline: Microsoft All-In-One Code Framework Coding Guideline This document describes the coding style guideline for native C++ and .NET (C# and VB.NET) programming used by the Microsoft All-In-One Code Framework project team.WebDAV for WHS: Version 1.0.67: - Added: Check whether the Remote Web Access is turned on or not; - Added: Check for Add-In updates;Phalanger - The PHP Language Compiler for the .NET Framework: 3.0 (March 2012) for .NET 4.0: March release of Phalanger 3.0 significantly enhances performance, adds new features and fixes many issues. See following for the list of main improvements: New features: Phalanger Tools installable for Visual Studio 2011 Beta "filter" extension with several most used filters implemented DomDocument HTML parser, loadHTML() method mail() PHP compatible function PHP 5.4 T_CALLABLE token PHP 5.4 "callable" type hint PCRE: UTF32 characters in range support configuration supports <c...New Projects(MVC4) Character Creation: A simple web site to manage your Avalon CharactersAmfSample: Sample projectBismillah Quran Reader for Wp7: Bismillah Quran Reader is an application for reading Quran translations in WP7. Translations can be read in various languages. Also recitations can be listened to.BlogEngine Mvc: This is an MVC version of BlogEngine.net. Project Description Our plan is to convert the whole BlogEngine.NET into an MVC application by the end of June 2012. It's developed in C# ASP.NET MVC3.Db7: Db7EF4.3 Code First and Migration Sample: EF4.3 Code First and Migration Sampleemoji for windows phone: This project is a windows phone 7 enmoji libary.Excel Document Merger: Excel Document Merger is a utility for combining multiple Excel workbooks and worksheets into a single workbook.exceladdin: exceladdinfastBinaryJSON: Binary JSON serializer based on fastJSONFontographer: A metro style WPF app to demonstrate the capabilites of the fonts on the users systemGonte Web Desktop: Another web desktop using ExtJs javascript frameworkIndoor Cricket Stats: Indoor Cricket StatsKernel32 C# wrapper: Kernel32.dll C# wrapper. Mostly done for threading, pipes, mutexes and other stuff. Not all methods implemented.Live for Desktop: A simple app that lets you browse you Live accout from a webbrowser integrated in the software. Future version will also include a custom interface and a Metro style look.LogoScriptIDE: IDE for LogoScript, A logo and C like scripting languageMcCloud Service Framework: Monte Carlo Cloud Service Framework (McCloud) provides a generic service implementation of Monte Carlo method, based on Microsoft Windows Azure, to solve a wide range of scientific and engineering problems.NetView Control for Microsoft Access: A native control for Microsoft Access forms to display and interact with non-hierarchical data.Polygon: Polygon is a UI composition framework for ASP.NET Web Forms. It can be used for third-party plugin extensibility of ASP.NET Web Forms applications. Though it's developed in C#, plugins can also done in VB as well.Programmeerproject-LambdaOffice: Architectural project. Takes input from the user and prints it to various fileformats such as .docx and .pdfQuick Job Seeker: Final project of computer scienceSchool Education Management: Project Description School Management System helps schools in managing student's data. It is targeted for colleges in the Philippines. It is developed in ASp.Net MVC3 and uses SQL Server as the database. The system is divided into several modules: 1. Registrar Module - used by the Registrar. 2. Scheduling Module - used by Deans for creating course offerings schedule 3. Cashiering Module - used by the Accounting Department 4. Grading Entry Module - used by teachers for encoding grade...Sharepoint Carousel: Sharepoint Carousel\Slider is a webpart that allows you to have a carousel that contains an image with a link below it. it is fully customisable from styles to the actual javascript that generates the slider data it has currently only been tested with sharepoint 2010 This is carousel\slider for sharepoint is built of the JCarousel http://sorgalla.com/jcarousel/.Sieena Dashboard: Metro UI DashboardSimple Redirect Module for DotNetNuke: This module allows content editors in DotNetNuke to have a simple and easy way to properly redirect incoming URLs that are incorrectly indexed by search engines.software de entrenador 2.0: software de entrenador es un Programa diseñado para entrenadores de musculacion y personas cuyo proposito es mejorar en sus entrenamientos y desean llevar un control del mismo a modo de diario.Sqlite Loader: Tool to Import/Export data to an Sqlite database using CSV, XML with a GUI written in C#TestProject_Mercurial: Test Project with MercuriaTestProject_TFS: the test project with tfsThinkPHP-??、???PHP????: ??WEB??????,?????WEB?????? Twesh Ajax: TweshAjax is clientside javascript library for making asynchronous calls to server.UserProfilePropertiesSync: This utility allows to synchronize User Profile properties between different SharePoint 2010 environments.VRacer: Vektor Car racing on windows phone.Workflow Foundation State Machine Service: This is a sample project for workflow foundation 4 state machine exposed as a WCF serviceWPZilla: Bugzilla client for Windows Phone 7.1 and up.XNA GPU Particles Tool: This is a tool to help create particle effects based on the sample shaders provided in the XNA education catalogue. View the changes to the parameters in real time.Y.Music: Y.Music - ??? ?????? ??? ??????? ??????.?????? ???????? ??????. ?? ????????? ?? ??????? ???-??????? ????????? ??????????. ? ???? ?? ?? ?????????? ??????? ?????? ?????????? ?????? ? ????????????? ??????? ? ????????? ? ?????????. ????????? ?????????? ?? WPF/?#/.NET. ????? ? ??? ???????????? ?????????? NAudio ? Fluent Ribbon.

    Read the article

  • Problems with capture TV card

    - by user8270
    Hi, I have a TV card that I have not managed to install with Ubuntu 10.10 i386. I have tried various topics in various forums and I could not install it. I hope you can help me to install it thank you. lspci 01:07.0 Multimedia controller: Philips Semiconductors SAA7130 Video Broadcast Decoder (rev 01) dmesg [10299.516344] saa7134 ALSA driver for DMA sound unloaded [11385.340661] Linux video capture interface: v2.00 [11385.384278] saa7130/34: v4l2 driver version 0.2.16 loaded [11385.384390] saa7130[0]: found at 0000:01:07.0, rev: 1, irq: 17, latency: 32, mmio: 0x0 [11385.384403] saa7130[0]: subsystem: 1131:0000, board: LifeView/Typhoon FlyVIDEO2000 [card=3,insmod option] [11385.384412] saa7130[0]: can't get MMIO memory @ 0x0 [11385.384431] saa7134: probe of 0000:01:07.0 failed with error -16 [11385.401174] saa7134 ALSA driver for DMA sound loaded [11385.401182] saa7134 ALSA: no saa7134 cards found [11477.797019] tvtime[12534]: segfault at 6b0 ip 0804cf64 sp bf928a4c error 4 in tvtime[8048000+76000] [11626.141821] tvtime[12549]: segfault at 6b0 ip 0804cf64 sp bfec357c error 4 in tvtime[8048000+76000] [12218.120632] saa7134 ALSA driver for DMA sound unloaded [12464.993061] Linux video capture interface: v2.00 [12465.028285] saa7130/34: v4l2 driver version 0.2.16 loaded [12465.028392] saa7130[0]: found at 0000:01:07.0, rev: 1, irq: 17, latency: 32, mmio: 0x0 [12465.028404] saa7134: <rant> [12465.028406] saa7134: Congratulations! Your TV card vendor saved a few [12465.028408] saa7134: cents for a eeprom, thus your pci board has no [12465.028411] saa7134: subsystem ID and I can't identify it automatically [12465.028414] saa7134: </rant> [12465.028416] saa7134: I feel better now. Ok, here are the good news: [12465.028418] saa7134: You can use the card=<nr> insmod option to specify [12465.028421] saa7134: which board do you have. The list: [12465.028428] saa7134: card=0 -> UNKNOWN/GENERIC [12465.028435] saa7134: card=1 -> Proteus Pro [philips reference design] 1131:2001 1131:2001 [12465.028447] saa7134: card=2 -> LifeView FlyVIDEO3000 5168:0138 4e42:0138 [12465.028457] saa7134: card=3 -> LifeView/Typhoon FlyVIDEO2000 5168:0138 4e42:0138 [12465.028467] saa7134: card=4 -> EMPRESS 1131:6752 [12465.028475] saa7134: card=5 -> SKNet Monster TV 1131:4e85 [12465.028484] saa7134: card=6 -> Tevion MD 9717 [12465.028491] saa7134: card=7 -> KNC One TV-Station RDS / Typhoon TV Tune 1131:fe01 1894:fe01 [12465.028501] saa7134: card=8 -> Terratec Cinergy 400 TV 153b:1142 [12465.028510] saa7134: card=9 -> Medion 5044 [12465.028517] saa7134: card=10 -> Kworld/KuroutoShikou SAA7130-TVPCI [12465.028523] saa7134: card=11 -> Terratec Cinergy 600 TV 153b:1143 [12465.028532] saa7134: card=12 -> Medion 7134 16be:0003 16be:5000 [12465.028542] saa7134: card=13 -> Typhoon TV+Radio 90031 [12465.028548] saa7134: card=14 -> ELSA EX-VISION 300TV 1048:226b [12465.028557] saa7134: card=15 -> ELSA EX-VISION 500TV 1048:226a [12465.028565] saa7134: card=16 -> ASUS TV-FM 7134 1043:4842 1043:4830 1043:4840 [12465.028576] saa7134: card=17 -> AOPEN VA1000 POWER 1131:7133 [12465.028585] saa7134: card=18 -> BMK MPEX No Tuner [12465.028592] saa7134: card=19 -> Compro VideoMate TV 185b:c100 [12465.028600] saa7134: card=20 -> Matrox CronosPlus 102b:48d0 [12465.028608] saa7134: card=21 -> 10MOONS PCI TV CAPTURE CARD 1131:2001 [12465.028617] saa7134: card=22 -> AverMedia M156 / Medion 2819 1461:a70b [12465.028625] saa7134: card=23 -> BMK MPEX Tuner [12465.028632] saa7134: card=24 -> KNC One TV-Station DVR 1894:a006 [12465.028640] saa7134: card=25 -> ASUS TV-FM 7133 1043:4843 [12465.028648] saa7134: card=26 -> Pinnacle PCTV Stereo (saa7134) 11bd:002b [12465.028657] saa7134: card=27 -> Manli MuchTV M-TV002 [12465.028663] saa7134: card=28 -> Manli MuchTV M-TV001 [12465.028670] saa7134: card=29 -> Nagase Sangyo TransGear 3000TV 1461:050c [12465.028679] saa7134: card=30 -> Elitegroup ECS TVP3XP FM1216 Tuner Card( 1019:4cb4 [12465.028687] saa7134: card=31 -> Elitegroup ECS TVP3XP FM1236 Tuner Card 1019:4cb5 [12465.028695] saa7134: card=32 -> AVACS SmartTV [12465.028702] saa7134: card=33 -> AVerMedia DVD EZMaker 1461:10ff [12465.028710] saa7134: card=34 -> Noval Prime TV 7133 [12465.028717] saa7134: card=35 -> AverMedia AverTV Studio 305 1461:2115 [12465.028725] saa7134: card=36 -> UPMOST PURPLE TV 12ab:0800 [12465.028734] saa7134: card=37 -> Items MuchTV Plus / IT-005 [12465.028740] saa7134: card=38 -> Terratec Cinergy 200 TV 153b:1152 [12465.028749] saa7134: card=39 -> LifeView FlyTV Platinum Mini 5168:0212 4e42:0212 5169:1502 [12465.028760] saa7134: card=40 -> Compro VideoMate TV PVR/FM 185b:c100 [12465.028768] saa7134: card=41 -> Compro VideoMate TV Gold+ 185b:c100 [12465.028776] saa7134: card=42 -> Sabrent SBT-TVFM (saa7130) [12465.028783] saa7134: card=43 -> :Zolid Xpert TV7134 [12465.028790] saa7134: card=44 -> Empire PCI TV-Radio LE [12465.028796] saa7134: card=45 -> Avermedia AVerTV Studio 307 1461:9715 [12465.028805] saa7134: card=46 -> AVerMedia Cardbus TV/Radio (E500) 1461:d6ee [12465.028813] saa7134: card=47 -> Terratec Cinergy 400 mobile 153b:1162 [12465.028821] saa7134: card=48 -> Terratec Cinergy 600 TV MK3 153b:1158 [12465.028830] saa7134: card=49 -> Compro VideoMate Gold+ Pal 185b:c200 [12465.028838] saa7134: card=50 -> Pinnacle PCTV 300i DVB-T + PAL 11bd:002d [12465.028847] saa7134: card=51 -> ProVideo PV952 1540:9524 [12465.028855] saa7134: card=52 -> AverMedia AverTV/305 1461:2108 [12465.028863] saa7134: card=53 -> ASUS TV-FM 7135 1043:4845 [12465.028871] saa7134: card=54 -> LifeView FlyTV Platinum FM / Gold 5168:0214 5168:5214 1489:0214 5168:0304 [12465.028884] saa7134: card=55 -> LifeView FlyDVB-T DUO / MSI TV@nywhere D 5168:0306 4e42:0306 [12465.028894] saa7134: card=56 -> Avermedia AVerTV 307 1461:a70a [12465.028903] saa7134: card=57 -> Avermedia AVerTV GO 007 FM 1461:f31f [12465.028911] saa7134: card=58 -> ADS Tech Instant TV (saa7135) 1421:0350 1421:0351 1421:0370 1421:1370 [12465.028924] saa7134: card=59 -> Kworld/Tevion V-Stream Xpert TV PVR7134 [12465.028931] saa7134: card=60 -> LifeView/Typhoon/Genius FlyDVB-T Duo Car 5168:0502 4e42:0502 1489:0502 [12465.028942] saa7134: card=61 -> Philips TOUGH DVB-T reference design 1131:2004 [12465.028951] saa7134: card=62 -> Compro VideoMate TV Gold+II [12465.028958] saa7134: card=63 -> Kworld Xpert TV PVR7134 [12465.028964] saa7134: card=64 -> FlyTV mini Asus Digimatrix 1043:0210 [12465.028973] saa7134: card=65 -> V-Stream Studio TV Terminator [12465.028980] saa7134: card=66 -> Yuan TUN-900 (saa7135) [12465.028986] saa7134: card=67 -> Beholder BeholdTV 409 FM 0000:4091 [12465.028995] saa7134: card=68 -> GoTView 7135 PCI 5456:7135 [12465.029003] saa7134: card=69 -> Philips EUROPA V3 reference design 1131:2004 [12465.029011] saa7134: card=70 -> Compro Videomate DVB-T300 185b:c900 [12465.029020] saa7134: card=71 -> Compro Videomate DVB-T200 185b:c901 [12465.029028] saa7134: card=72 -> RTD Embedded Technologies VFG7350 1435:7350 [12465.029036] saa7134: card=73 -> RTD Embedded Technologies VFG7330 1435:7330 [12465.029045] saa7134: card=74 -> LifeView FlyTV Platinum Mini2 14c0:1212 [12465.029053] saa7134: card=75 -> AVerMedia AVerTVHD MCE A180 1461:1044 [12465.029062] saa7134: card=76 -> SKNet MonsterTV Mobile 1131:4ee9 [12465.029070] saa7134: card=77 -> Pinnacle PCTV 40i/50i/110i (saa7133) 11bd:002e [12465.029078] saa7134: card=78 -> ASUSTeK P7131 Dual 1043:4862 [12465.029087] saa7134: card=79 -> Sedna/MuchTV PC TV Cardbus TV/Radio (ITO [12465.029094] saa7134: card=80 -> ASUS Digimatrix TV 1043:0210 [12465.029102] saa7134: card=81 -> Philips Tiger reference design 1131:2018 [12465.029110] saa7134: card=82 -> MSI TV@Anywhere plus 1462:6231 1462:8624 [12465.029120] saa7134: card=83 -> Terratec Cinergy 250 PCI TV 153b:1160 [12465.029128] saa7134: card=84 -> LifeView FlyDVB Trio 5168:0319 [12465.029137] saa7134: card=85 -> AverTV DVB-T 777 1461:2c05 1461:2c05 [12465.029147] saa7134: card=86 -> LifeView FlyDVB-T / Genius VideoWonder D 5168:0301 1489:0301 [12465.029156] saa7134: card=87 -> ADS Instant TV Duo Cardbus PTV331 0331:1421 [12465.029165] saa7134: card=88 -> Tevion/KWorld DVB-T 220RF 17de:7201 [12465.029173] saa7134: card=89 -> ELSA EX-VISION 700TV 1048:226c [12465.029182] saa7134: card=90 -> Kworld ATSC110/115 17de:7350 17de:7352 [12465.029191] saa7134: card=91 -> AVerMedia A169 B 1461:7360 [12465.029200] saa7134: card=92 -> AVerMedia A169 B1 1461:6360 [12465.029208] saa7134: card=93 -> Medion 7134 Bridge #2 16be:0005 [12465.029216] saa7134: card=94 -> LifeView FlyDVB-T Hybrid Cardbus/MSI TV 5168:3306 5168:3502 5168:3307 4e42:3502 [12465.029229] saa7134: card=95 -> LifeView FlyVIDEO3000 (NTSC) 5169:0138 [12465.029238] saa7134: card=96 -> Medion Md8800 Quadro 16be:0007 16be:0008 16be:000d [12465.029249] saa7134: card=97 -> LifeView FlyDVB-S /Acorp TV134DS 5168:0300 4e42:0300 [12465.029259] saa7134: card=98 -> Proteus Pro 2309 0919:2003 [12465.029267] saa7134: card=99 -> AVerMedia TV Hybrid A16AR 1461:2c00 [12465.029276] saa7134: card=100 -> Asus Europa2 OEM 1043:4860 [12465.029284] saa7134: card=101 -> Pinnacle PCTV 310i 11bd:002f [12465.029293] saa7134: card=102 -> Avermedia AVerTV Studio 507 1461:9715 [12465.029301] saa7134: card=103 -> Compro Videomate DVB-T200A [12465.029308] saa7134: card=104 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1110 DVB-T/Hybrid 0070:6700 0070:6701 0070:6702 0070:6703 0070:6704 0070:6705 [12465.029324] saa7134: card=105 -> Terratec Cinergy HT PCMCIA 153b:1172 [12465.029332] saa7134: card=106 -> Encore ENLTV 1131:2342 1131:2341 3016:2344 [12465.029344] saa7134: card=107 -> Encore ENLTV-FM 1131:230f [12465.029352] saa7134: card=108 -> Terratec Cinergy HT PCI 153b:1175 [12465.029360] saa7134: card=109 -> Philips Tiger - S Reference design [12465.029367] saa7134: card=110 -> Avermedia M102 1461:f31e [12465.029375] saa7134: card=111 -> ASUS P7131 4871 1043:4871 [12465.029384] saa7134: card=112 -> ASUSTeK P7131 Hybrid 1043:4876 [12465.029392] saa7134: card=113 -> Elitegroup ECS TVP3XP FM1246 Tuner Card 1019:4cb6 [12465.029401] saa7134: card=114 -> KWorld DVB-T 210 17de:7250 [12465.029409] saa7134: card=115 -> Sabrent PCMCIA TV-PCB05 0919:2003 [12465.029418] saa7134: card=116 -> 10MOONS TM300 TV Card 1131:2304 [12465.029426] saa7134: card=117 -> Avermedia Super 007 1461:f01d [12465.029435] saa7134: card=118 -> Beholder BeholdTV 401 0000:4016 [12465.029443] saa7134: card=119 -> Beholder BeholdTV 403 0000:4036 [12465.029451] saa7134: card=120 -> Beholder BeholdTV 403 FM 0000:4037 [12465.029459] saa7134: card=121 -> Beholder BeholdTV 405 0000:4050 [12465.029468] saa7134: card=122 -> Beholder BeholdTV 405 FM 0000:4051 [12465.029476] saa7134: card=123 -> Beholder BeholdTV 407 0000:4070 [12465.029484] saa7134: card=124 -> Beholder BeholdTV 407 FM 0000:4071 [12465.029493] saa7134: card=125 -> Beholder BeholdTV 409 0000:4090 [12465.029501] saa7134: card=126 -> Beholder BeholdTV 505 FM 5ace:5050 [12465.029510] saa7134: card=127 -> Beholder BeholdTV 507 FM / BeholdTV 509 5ace:5070 5ace:5090 [12465.029520] saa7134: card=128 -> Beholder BeholdTV Columbus TVFM 0000:5201 [12465.029528] saa7134: card=129 -> Beholder BeholdTV 607 FM 5ace:6070 [12465.029537] saa7134: card=130 -> Beholder BeholdTV M6 5ace:6190 [12465.029545] saa7134: card=131 -> Twinhan Hybrid DTV-DVB 3056 PCI 1822:0022 [12465.029554] saa7134: card=132 -> Genius TVGO AM11MCE [12465.029560] saa7134: card=133 -> NXP Snake DVB-S reference design [12465.029567] saa7134: card=134 -> Medion/Creatix CTX953 Hybrid 16be:0010 [12465.029576] saa7134: card=135 -> MSI TV@nywhere A/D v1.1 1462:8625 [12465.029584] saa7134: card=136 -> AVerMedia Cardbus TV/Radio (E506R) 1461:f436 [12465.029592] saa7134: card=137 -> AVerMedia Hybrid TV/Radio (A16D) 1461:f936 [12465.029601] saa7134: card=138 -> Avermedia M115 1461:a836 [12465.029609] saa7134: card=139 -> Compro VideoMate T750 185b:c900 [12465.029617] saa7134: card=140 -> Avermedia DVB-S Pro A700 1461:a7a1 [12465.029626] saa7134: card=141 -> Avermedia DVB-S Hybrid+FM A700 1461:a7a2 [12465.029634] saa7134: card=142 -> Beholder BeholdTV H6 5ace:6290 [12465.029642] saa7134: card=143 -> Beholder BeholdTV M63 5ace:6191 [12465.029651] saa7134: card=144 -> Beholder BeholdTV M6 Extra 5ace:6193 [12465.029659] saa7134: card=145 -> AVerMedia MiniPCI DVB-T Hybrid M103 1461:f636 1461:f736 [12465.029669] saa7134: card=146 -> ASUSTeK P7131 Analog [12465.029676] saa7134: card=147 -> Asus Tiger 3in1 1043:4878 [12465.029684] saa7134: card=148 -> Encore ENLTV-FM v5.3 1a7f:2008 [12465.029693] saa7134: card=149 -> Avermedia PCI pure analog (M135A) 1461:f11d [12465.029701] saa7134: card=150 -> Zogis Real Angel 220 [12465.029708] saa7134: card=151 -> ADS Tech Instant HDTV 1421:0380 [12465.029716] saa7134: card=152 -> Asus Tiger Rev:1.00 1043:4857 [12465.029725] saa7134: card=153 -> Kworld Plus TV Analog Lite PCI 17de:7128 [12465.029733] saa7134: card=154 -> Avermedia AVerTV GO 007 FM Plus 1461:f31d [12465.029742] saa7134: card=155 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1150 ATSC/QAM-Hybrid 0070:6706 0070:6708 [12465.029752] saa7134: card=156 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1120 DVB-T/Hybrid 0070:6707 0070:6709 0070:670a [12465.029763] saa7134: card=157 -> Avermedia AVerTV Studio 507UA 1461:a11b [12465.029772] saa7134: card=158 -> AVerMedia Cardbus TV/Radio (E501R) 1461:b7e9 [12465.029780] saa7134: card=159 -> Beholder BeholdTV 505 RDS 0000:505b [12465.029789] saa7134: card=160 -> Beholder BeholdTV 507 RDS 0000:5071 [12465.029797] saa7134: card=161 -> Beholder BeholdTV 507 RDS 0000:507b [12465.029806] saa7134: card=162 -> Beholder BeholdTV 607 FM 5ace:6071 [12465.029815] saa7134: card=163 -> Beholder BeholdTV 609 FM 5ace:6090 [12465.029823] saa7134: card=164 -> Beholder BeholdTV 609 FM 5ace:6091 [12465.029832] saa7134: card=165 -> Beholder BeholdTV 607 RDS 5ace:6072 [12465.029840] saa7134: card=166 -> Beholder BeholdTV 607 RDS 5ace:6073 [12465.029849] saa7134: card=167 -> Beholder BeholdTV 609 RDS 5ace:6092 [12465.029857] saa7134: card=168 -> Beholder BeholdTV 609 RDS 5ace:6093 [12465.029866] saa7134: card=169 -> Compro VideoMate S350/S300 185b:c900 [12465.029874] saa7134: card=170 -> AverMedia AverTV Studio 505 1461:a115 [12465.029883] saa7134: card=171 -> Beholder BeholdTV X7 5ace:7595 [12465.029892] saa7134: card=172 -> RoverMedia TV Link Pro FM 19d1:0138 [12465.029900] saa7134: card=173 -> Zolid Hybrid TV Tuner PCI 1131:2004 [12465.029909] saa7134: card=174 -> Asus Europa Hybrid OEM 1043:4847 [12465.029917] saa7134: card=175 -> Leadtek Winfast DTV1000S 107d:6655 [12465.029926] saa7134: card=176 -> Beholder BeholdTV 505 RDS 0000:5051 [12465.029934] saa7134: card=177 -> Hawell HW-404M7 [12465.029941] saa7134: card=178 -> Beholder BeholdTV H7 [12465.029948] saa7134: card=179 -> Beholder BeholdTV A7 [12465.029955] saa7134: card=180 -> Avermedia PCI M733A 1461:4155 1461:4255 [12465.029967] saa7130[0]: subsystem: 1131:0000, board: UNKNOWN/GENERIC [card=0,autodetected] [12465.030033] saa7130[0]: can't get MMIO memory @ 0x0 [12465.030051] saa7134: probe of 0000:01:07.0 failed with error -16 [12465.053892] saa7134 ALSA driver for DMA sound loaded [12465.053900] saa7134 ALSA: no saa7134 cards found tvtime-scanner Leyendo la configuración de /etc/tvtime/tvtime.xml Leyendo la configuración de /home/ricardo/.tvtime/tvtime.xml Escaneando usando la norma de TV NTSC. /home/ricardo/.tvtime/stationlist.xml: No existing NTSC station list "Custom". videoinput: Cannot open capture device /dev/video0: No existe el dispositivo o la dirección ls /dev/ No video directory here

    Read the article

  • SQL Server &ndash; Undelete a Table and Restore a Single Table from Backup

    - by Mladen Prajdic
    This post is part of the monthly community event called T-SQL Tuesday started by Adam Machanic (blog|twitter) and hosted by someone else each month. This month the host is Sankar Reddy (blog|twitter) and the topic is Misconceptions in SQL Server. You can follow posts for this theme on Twitter by looking at #TSQL2sDay hashtag. Let me start by saying: This code is a crazy hack that is to never be used unless you really, really have to. Really! And I don’t think there’s a time when you would really have to use it for real. Because it’s a hack there are number of things that can go wrong so play with it knowing that. I’ve managed to totally corrupt one database. :) Oh… and for those saying: yeah yeah.. you have a single table in a file group and you’re restoring that, I say “nay nay” to you. As we all know SQL Server can’t do single table restores from backup. This is kind of a obvious thing due to different relational integrity (RI) concerns. Since we have to maintain that we have to restore all tables represented in a RI graph. For this exercise i say BAH! to those concerns. Note that this method “works” only for simple tables that don’t have LOB and off rows data. The code can be expanded to include those but I’ve tried to leave things “simple”. Note that for this to work our table needs to be relatively static data-wise. This doesn’t work for OLTP table. Products are a perfect example of static data. They don’t change much between backups, pretty much everything depends on them and their table is one of those tables that are relatively easy to accidentally delete everything from. This only works if the database is in Full or Bulk-Logged recovery mode for tables where the contents have been deleted or truncated but NOT when a table was dropped. Everything we’ll talk about has to be done before the data pages are reused for other purposes. After deletion or truncation the pages are marked as reusable so you have to act fast. The best thing probably is to put the database into single user mode ASAP while you’re performing this procedure and return it to multi user after you’re done. How do we do it? We will be using an undocumented but known DBCC commands: DBCC PAGE, an undocumented function sys.fn_dblog and a little known DATABASE RESTORE PAGE option. All tests will be on a copy of Production.Product table in AdventureWorks database called Production.Product1 because the original table has FK constraints that prevent us from truncating it for testing. -- create a duplicate table. This doesn't preserve indexes!SELECT *INTO AdventureWorks.Production.Product1FROM AdventureWorks.Production.Product   After we run this code take a full back to perform further testing.   First let’s see what the difference between DELETE and TRUNCATE is when it comes to logging. With DELETE every row deletion is logged in the transaction log. With TRUNCATE only whole data page deallocations are logged in the transaction log. Getting deleted data pages is simple. All we have to look for is row delete entry in the sys.fn_dblog output. But getting data pages that were truncated from the transaction log presents a bit of an interesting problem. I will not go into depths of IAM(Index Allocation Map) and PFS (Page Free Space) pages but suffice to say that every IAM page has intervals that tell us which data pages are allocated for a table and which aren’t. If we deep dive into the sys.fn_dblog output we can see that once you truncate a table all the pages in all the intervals are deallocated and this is shown in the PFS page transaction log entry as deallocation of pages. For every 8 pages in the same extent there is one PFS page row in the transaction log. This row holds information about all 8 pages in CSV format which means we can get to this data with some parsing. A great help for parsing this stuff is Peter Debetta’s handy function dbo.HexStrToVarBin that converts hexadecimal string into a varbinary value that can be easily converted to integer tus giving us a readable page number. The shortened (columns removed) sys.fn_dblog output for a PFS page with CSV data for 1 extent (8 data pages) looks like this: -- [Page ID] is displayed in hex format. -- To convert it to readable int we'll use dbo.HexStrToVarBin function found at -- http://sqlblog.com/blogs/peter_debetta/archive/2007/03/09/t-sql-convert-hex-string-to-varbinary.aspx -- This function must be installed in the master databaseSELECT Context, AllocUnitName, [Page ID], DescriptionFROM sys.fn_dblog(NULL, NULL)WHERE [Current LSN] = '00000031:00000a46:007d' The pages at the end marked with 0x00—> are pages that are allocated in the extent but are not part of a table. We can inspect the raw content of each data page with a DBCC PAGE command: -- we need this trace flag to redirect output to the query window.DBCC TRACEON (3604); -- WITH TABLERESULTS gives us data in table format instead of message format-- we use format option 3 because it's the easiest to read and manipulate further onDBCC PAGE (AdventureWorks, 1, 613, 3) WITH TABLERESULTS   Since the DBACC PAGE output can be quite extensive I won’t put it here. You can see an example of it in the link at the beginning of this section. Getting deleted data back When we run a delete statement every row to be deleted is marked as a ghost record. A background process periodically cleans up those rows. A huge misconception is that the data is actually removed. It’s not. Only the pointers to the rows are removed while the data itself is still on the data page. We just can’t access it with normal means. To get those pointers back we need to restore every deleted page using the RESTORE PAGE option mentioned above. This restore must be done from a full backup, followed by any differential and log backups that you may have. This is necessary to bring the pages up to the same point in time as the rest of the data.  However the restore doesn’t magically connect the restored page back to the original table. It simply replaces the current page with the one from the backup. After the restore we use the DBCC PAGE to read data directly from all data pages and insert that data into a temporary table. To finish the RESTORE PAGE  procedure we finally have to take a tail log backup (simple backup of the transaction log) and restore it back. We can now insert data from the temporary table to our original table by hand. Getting truncated data back When we run a truncate the truncated data pages aren’t touched at all. Even the pointers to rows stay unchanged. Because of this getting data back from truncated table is simple. we just have to find out which pages belonged to our table and use DBCC PAGE to read data off of them. No restore is necessary. Turns out that the problems we had with finding the data pages is alleviated by not having to do a RESTORE PAGE procedure. Stop stalling… show me The Code! This is the code for getting back deleted and truncated data back. It’s commented in all the right places so don’t be afraid to take a closer look. Make sure you have a full backup before trying this out. Also I suggest that the last step of backing and restoring the tail log is performed by hand. USE masterGOIF OBJECT_ID('dbo.HexStrToVarBin') IS NULL RAISERROR ('No dbo.HexStrToVarBin installed. Go to http://sqlblog.com/blogs/peter_debetta/archive/2007/03/09/t-sql-convert-hex-string-to-varbinary.aspx and install it in master database' , 18, 1) SET NOCOUNT ONBEGIN TRY DECLARE @dbName VARCHAR(1000), @schemaName VARCHAR(1000), @tableName VARCHAR(1000), @fullBackupName VARCHAR(1000), @undeletedTableName VARCHAR(1000), @sql VARCHAR(MAX), @tableWasTruncated bit; /* THE FIRST LINE ARE OUR INPUT PARAMETERS In this case we're trying to recover Production.Product1 table in AdventureWorks database. My full backup of AdventureWorks database is at e:\AW.bak */ SELECT @dbName = 'AdventureWorks', @schemaName = 'Production', @tableName = 'Product1', @fullBackupName = 'e:\AW.bak', @undeletedTableName = '##' + @tableName + '_Undeleted', @tableWasTruncated = 0, -- copy the structure from original table to a temp table that we'll fill with restored data @sql = 'IF OBJECT_ID(''tempdb..' + @undeletedTableName + ''') IS NOT NULL DROP TABLE ' + @undeletedTableName + ' SELECT *' + ' INTO ' + @undeletedTableName + ' FROM [' + @dbName + '].[' + @schemaName + '].[' + @tableName + ']' + ' WHERE 1 = 0' EXEC (@sql) IF OBJECT_ID('tempdb..#PagesToRestore') IS NOT NULL DROP TABLE #PagesToRestore /* FIND DATA PAGES WE NEED TO RESTORE*/ CREATE TABLE #PagesToRestore ([ID] INT IDENTITY(1,1), [FileID] INT, [PageID] INT, [SQLtoExec] VARCHAR(1000)) -- DBCC PACE statement to run later RAISERROR ('Looking for deleted pages...', 10, 1) -- use T-LOG direct read to get deleted data pages INSERT INTO #PagesToRestore([FileID], [PageID], [SQLtoExec]) EXEC('USE [' + @dbName + '];SELECT FileID, PageID, ''DBCC TRACEON (3604); DBCC PAGE ([' + @dbName + '], '' + FileID + '', '' + PageID + '', 3) WITH TABLERESULTS'' as SQLToExecFROM (SELECT DISTINCT LEFT([Page ID], 4) AS FileID, CONVERT(VARCHAR(100), ' + 'CONVERT(INT, master.dbo.HexStrToVarBin(SUBSTRING([Page ID], 6, 20)))) AS PageIDFROM sys.fn_dblog(NULL, NULL)WHERE AllocUnitName LIKE ''%' + @schemaName + '.' + @tableName + '%'' ' + 'AND Context IN (''LCX_MARK_AS_GHOST'', ''LCX_HEAP'') AND Operation in (''LOP_DELETE_ROWS''))t');SELECT *FROM #PagesToRestore -- if upper EXEC returns 0 rows it means the table was truncated so find truncated pages IF (SELECT COUNT(*) FROM #PagesToRestore) = 0 BEGIN RAISERROR ('No deleted pages found. Looking for truncated pages...', 10, 1) -- use T-LOG read to get truncated data pages INSERT INTO #PagesToRestore([FileID], [PageID], [SQLtoExec]) -- dark magic happens here -- because truncation simply deallocates pages we have to find out which pages were deallocated. -- we can find this out by looking at the PFS page row's Description column. -- for every deallocated extent the Description has a CSV of 8 pages in that extent. -- then it's just a matter of parsing it. -- we also remove the pages in the extent that weren't allocated to the table itself -- marked with '0x00-->00' EXEC ('USE [' + @dbName + '];DECLARE @truncatedPages TABLE(DeallocatedPages VARCHAR(8000), IsMultipleDeallocs BIT);INSERT INTO @truncatedPagesSELECT REPLACE(REPLACE(Description, ''Deallocated '', ''Y''), ''0x00-->00 '', ''N'') + '';'' AS DeallocatedPages, CHARINDEX('';'', Description) AS IsMultipleDeallocsFROM (SELECT DISTINCT LEFT([Page ID], 4) AS FileID, CONVERT(VARCHAR(100), CONVERT(INT, master.dbo.HexStrToVarBin(SUBSTRING([Page ID], 6, 20)))) AS PageID, DescriptionFROM sys.fn_dblog(NULL, NULL)WHERE Context IN (''LCX_PFS'') AND Description LIKE ''Deallocated%'' AND AllocUnitName LIKE ''%' + @schemaName + '.' + @tableName + '%'') t;SELECT FileID, PageID , ''DBCC TRACEON (3604); DBCC PAGE ([' + @dbName + '], '' + FileID + '', '' + PageID + '', 3) WITH TABLERESULTS'' as SQLToExecFROM (SELECT LEFT(PageAndFile, 1) as WasPageAllocatedToTable , SUBSTRING(PageAndFile, 2, CHARINDEX('':'', PageAndFile) - 2 ) as FileID , CONVERT(VARCHAR(100), CONVERT(INT, master.dbo.HexStrToVarBin(SUBSTRING(PageAndFile, CHARINDEX('':'', PageAndFile) + 1, LEN(PageAndFile))))) as PageIDFROM ( SELECT SUBSTRING(DeallocatedPages, delimPosStart, delimPosEnd - delimPosStart) as PageAndFile, IsMultipleDeallocs FROM ( SELECT *, CHARINDEX('';'', DeallocatedPages)*(N-1) + 1 AS delimPosStart, CHARINDEX('';'', DeallocatedPages)*N AS delimPosEnd FROM @truncatedPages t1 CROSS APPLY (SELECT TOP (case when t1.IsMultipleDeallocs = 1 then 8 else 1 end) ROW_NUMBER() OVER(ORDER BY number) as N FROM master..spt_values) t2 )t)t)tWHERE WasPageAllocatedToTable = ''Y''') SELECT @tableWasTruncated = 1 END DECLARE @lastID INT, @pagesCount INT SELECT @lastID = 1, @pagesCount = COUNT(*) FROM #PagesToRestore SELECT @sql = 'Number of pages to restore: ' + CONVERT(VARCHAR(10), @pagesCount) IF @pagesCount = 0 RAISERROR ('No data pages to restore.', 18, 1) ELSE RAISERROR (@sql, 10, 1) -- If the table was truncated we'll read the data directly from data pages without restoring from backup IF @tableWasTruncated = 0 BEGIN -- RESTORE DATA PAGES FROM FULL BACKUP IN BATCHES OF 200 WHILE @lastID <= @pagesCount BEGIN -- create CSV string of pages to restore SELECT @sql = STUFF((SELECT ',' + CONVERT(VARCHAR(100), FileID) + ':' + CONVERT(VARCHAR(100), PageID) FROM #PagesToRestore WHERE ID BETWEEN @lastID AND @lastID + 200 ORDER BY ID FOR XML PATH('')), 1, 1, '') SELECT @sql = 'RESTORE DATABASE [' + @dbName + '] PAGE = ''' + @sql + ''' FROM DISK = ''' + @fullBackupName + '''' RAISERROR ('Starting RESTORE command:' , 10, 1) WITH NOWAIT; RAISERROR (@sql , 10, 1) WITH NOWAIT; EXEC(@sql); RAISERROR ('Restore DONE' , 10, 1) WITH NOWAIT; SELECT @lastID = @lastID + 200 END /* If you have any differential or transaction log backups you should restore them here to bring the previously restored data pages up to date */ END DECLARE @dbccSinglePage TABLE ( [ParentObject] NVARCHAR(500), [Object] NVARCHAR(500), [Field] NVARCHAR(500), [VALUE] NVARCHAR(MAX) ) DECLARE @cols NVARCHAR(MAX), @paramDefinition NVARCHAR(500), @SQLtoExec VARCHAR(1000), @FileID VARCHAR(100), @PageID VARCHAR(100), @i INT = 1 -- Get deleted table columns from information_schema view -- Need sp_executeSQL because database name can't be passed in as variable SELECT @cols = 'select @cols = STUFF((SELECT '', ['' + COLUMN_NAME + '']''FROM ' + @dbName + '.INFORMATION_SCHEMA.COLUMNSWHERE TABLE_NAME = ''' + @tableName + ''' AND TABLE_SCHEMA = ''' + @schemaName + '''ORDER BY ORDINAL_POSITIONFOR XML PATH('''')), 1, 2, '''')', @paramDefinition = N'@cols nvarchar(max) OUTPUT' EXECUTE sp_executesql @cols, @paramDefinition, @cols = @cols OUTPUT -- Loop through all the restored data pages, -- read data from them and insert them into temp table -- which you can then insert into the orignial deleted table DECLARE dbccPageCursor CURSOR GLOBAL FORWARD_ONLY FOR SELECT [FileID], [PageID], [SQLtoExec] FROM #PagesToRestore ORDER BY [FileID], [PageID] OPEN dbccPageCursor; FETCH NEXT FROM dbccPageCursor INTO @FileID, @PageID, @SQLtoExec; WHILE @@FETCH_STATUS = 0 BEGIN RAISERROR ('---------------------------------------------', 10, 1) WITH NOWAIT; SELECT @sql = 'Loop iteration: ' + CONVERT(VARCHAR(10), @i); RAISERROR (@sql, 10, 1) WITH NOWAIT; SELECT @sql = 'Running: ' + @SQLtoExec RAISERROR (@sql, 10, 1) WITH NOWAIT; -- if something goes wrong with DBCC execution or data gathering, skip it but print error BEGIN TRY INSERT INTO @dbccSinglePage EXEC (@SQLtoExec) -- make the data insert magic happen here IF (SELECT CONVERT(BIGINT, [VALUE]) FROM @dbccSinglePage WHERE [Field] LIKE '%Metadata: ObjectId%') = OBJECT_ID('['+@dbName+'].['+@schemaName +'].['+@tableName+']') BEGIN DELETE @dbccSinglePage WHERE NOT ([ParentObject] LIKE 'Slot % Offset %' AND [Object] LIKE 'Slot % Column %') SELECT @sql = 'USE tempdb; ' + 'IF (OBJECTPROPERTY(object_id(''' + @undeletedTableName + '''), ''TableHasIdentity'') = 1) ' + 'SET IDENTITY_INSERT ' + @undeletedTableName + ' ON; ' + 'INSERT INTO ' + @undeletedTableName + '(' + @cols + ') ' + STUFF((SELECT ' UNION ALL SELECT ' + STUFF((SELECT ', ' + CASE WHEN VALUE = '[NULL]' THEN 'NULL' ELSE '''' + [VALUE] + '''' END FROM ( -- the unicorn help here to correctly set ordinal numbers of columns in a data page -- it's turning STRING order into INT order (1,10,11,2,21 into 1,2,..10,11...21) SELECT [ParentObject], [Object], Field, VALUE, RIGHT('00000' + O1, 6) AS ParentObjectOrder, RIGHT('00000' + REVERSE(LEFT(O2, CHARINDEX(' ', O2)-1)), 6) AS ObjectOrder FROM ( SELECT [ParentObject], [Object], Field, VALUE, REPLACE(LEFT([ParentObject], CHARINDEX('Offset', [ParentObject])-1), 'Slot ', '') AS O1, REVERSE(LEFT([Object], CHARINDEX('Offset ', [Object])-2)) AS O2 FROM @dbccSinglePage WHERE t.ParentObject = ParentObject )t)t ORDER BY ParentObjectOrder, ObjectOrder FOR XML PATH('')), 1, 2, '') FROM @dbccSinglePage t GROUP BY ParentObject FOR XML PATH('') ), 1, 11, '') + ';' RAISERROR (@sql, 10, 1) WITH NOWAIT; EXEC (@sql) END END TRY BEGIN CATCH SELECT @sql = 'ERROR!!!' + CHAR(10) + CHAR(13) + 'ErrorNumber: ' + ERROR_NUMBER() + '; ErrorMessage' + ERROR_MESSAGE() + CHAR(10) + CHAR(13) + 'FileID: ' + @FileID + '; PageID: ' + @PageID RAISERROR (@sql, 10, 1) WITH NOWAIT; END CATCH DELETE @dbccSinglePage SELECT @sql = 'Pages left to process: ' + CONVERT(VARCHAR(10), @pagesCount - @i) + CHAR(10) + CHAR(13) + CHAR(10) + CHAR(13) + CHAR(10) + CHAR(13), @i = @i+1 RAISERROR (@sql, 10, 1) WITH NOWAIT; FETCH NEXT FROM dbccPageCursor INTO @FileID, @PageID, @SQLtoExec; END CLOSE dbccPageCursor; DEALLOCATE dbccPageCursor; EXEC ('SELECT ''' + @undeletedTableName + ''' as TableName; SELECT * FROM ' + @undeletedTableName)END TRYBEGIN CATCH SELECT ERROR_NUMBER() AS ErrorNumber, ERROR_MESSAGE() AS ErrorMessage IF CURSOR_STATUS ('global', 'dbccPageCursor') >= 0 BEGIN CLOSE dbccPageCursor; DEALLOCATE dbccPageCursor; ENDEND CATCH-- if the table was deleted we need to finish the restore page sequenceIF @tableWasTruncated = 0BEGIN -- take a log tail backup and then restore it to complete page restore process DECLARE @currentDate VARCHAR(30) SELECT @currentDate = CONVERT(VARCHAR(30), GETDATE(), 112) RAISERROR ('Starting Log Tail backup to c:\Temp ...', 10, 1) WITH NOWAIT; PRINT ('BACKUP LOG [' + @dbName + '] TO DISK = ''c:\Temp\' + @dbName + '_TailLogBackup_' + @currentDate + '.trn''') EXEC ('BACKUP LOG [' + @dbName + '] TO DISK = ''c:\Temp\' + @dbName + '_TailLogBackup_' + @currentDate + '.trn''') RAISERROR ('Log Tail backup done.', 10, 1) WITH NOWAIT; RAISERROR ('Starting Log Tail restore from c:\Temp ...', 10, 1) WITH NOWAIT; PRINT ('RESTORE LOG [' + @dbName + '] FROM DISK = ''c:\Temp\' + @dbName + '_TailLogBackup_' + @currentDate + '.trn''') EXEC ('RESTORE LOG [' + @dbName + '] FROM DISK = ''c:\Temp\' + @dbName + '_TailLogBackup_' + @currentDate + '.trn''') RAISERROR ('Log Tail restore done.', 10, 1) WITH NOWAIT;END-- The last step is manual. Insert data from our temporary table to the original deleted table The misconception here is that you can do a single table restore properly in SQL Server. You can't. But with little experimentation you can get pretty close to it. One way to possible remove a dependency on a backup to retrieve deleted pages is to quickly run a similar script to the upper one that gets data directly from data pages while the rows are still marked as ghost records. It could be done if we could beat the ghost record cleanup task.

    Read the article

  • Partitioned Repository for WebCenter Content using Oracle Database 11g

    - by Adao Junior
    One of the biggest challenges for content management solutions is related to the storage management due the high volumes of the unstoppable growing of information. Even if you have storage appliances and a lot of terabytes, thinks like backup, compression, deduplication, storage relocation, encryption, availability could be a nightmare. One standard option that you have with the Oracle WebCenter Content is to store data to the database. And the Oracle Database allows you leverage features like compression, deduplication, encryption and seamless backup. But with a huge volume, the challenge is passed to the DBA to keep the WebCenter Content Database up and running. One solution is the use of DB partitions for your content repository, but what are the implications of this? Can I fit this with my business requirements? Well, yes. It’s up to you how you will manage that, you just need a good plan. During you “storage brainstorm plan” take in your mind what you need, such as storage petabytes of documents? You need everything on-line? There’s a way to logically separate the “good content” from the “legacy content”? The first thing that comes to my mind is to use the creation date of the document, but you need to remember that this document could receive a lot of revisions and maybe you can consider the revision creation date. Your plan can have also complex rules like per Document Type or per a custom metadata like department or an hybrid per date, per DocType and an specific virtual folder. Extrapolation the use, you can have your repository distributed in different servers, different disks, different disk types (Such as ssds, sas, sata, tape,…), separated accordingly your business requirements, separating the “hot” content from the legacy and easily matching your compliance requirements. If you think to use by revision, the simple way is to consider the dId, that is the sequential unique id for every content created using the WebCenter Content or the dLastModified that is the date field of the FileStorage table that contains the date of inclusion of the content to the DB Table using SecureFiles. Using the scenario of partitioned repository using an hierarchical separation by date, we will transform the FileStorage table in an partitioned table using  “Partition by Range” of the dLastModified column (You can use the dId or a join with other tables for other metadata such as dDocType, Security, etc…). The test scenario bellow covers: Previous existent data on the JDBC Storage to be migrated to the new partitioned JDBC Storage Partition by Date Automatically generation of new partitions based on a pre-defined interval (Available only with Oracle Database 11g+) Deduplication and Compression for legacy data Oracle WebCenter Content 11g PS5 (Could present some customizations that do not affect the test scenario) For the test case you need some data stored using JDBC Storage to be the “legacy” data. If you do not have done before, just create an Storage rule pointed to the JDBC Storage: Enable the metadata StorageRule in the UI and upload some documents using this rule. For this test case you can run using the schema owner or an dba user. We will use the schema owner TESTS_OCS. I can’t forgot to tell that this is just a test and you should do a proper backup of your environment. When you use the schema owner, you need some privileges, using the dba user grant the privileges needed: REM Grant privileges required for online redefinition. GRANT EXECUTE ON DBMS_REDEFINITION TO TESTS_OCS; GRANT ALTER ANY TABLE TO TESTS_OCS; GRANT DROP ANY TABLE TO TESTS_OCS; GRANT LOCK ANY TABLE TO TESTS_OCS; GRANT CREATE ANY TABLE TO TESTS_OCS; GRANT SELECT ANY TABLE TO TESTS_OCS; REM Privileges required to perform cloning of dependent objects. GRANT CREATE ANY TRIGGER TO TESTS_OCS; GRANT CREATE ANY INDEX TO TESTS_OCS; In our test scenario we will separate the content as Legacy, Day1, Day2, Day3 and Future. This last one will partitioned automatically using 3 tablespaces in a round robin mode. In a real scenario the partition rule could be per month, per year or any rule that you choose. Table spaces for the test scenario: CREATE TABLESPACE TESTS_OCS_PART_LEGACY DATAFILE 'tests_ocs_part_legacy.dat' SIZE 500K AUTOEXTEND ON NEXT 500K MAXSIZE UNLIMITED; CREATE TABLESPACE TESTS_OCS_PART_DAY1 DATAFILE 'tests_ocs_part_day1.dat' SIZE 500K AUTOEXTEND ON NEXT 500K MAXSIZE UNLIMITED; CREATE TABLESPACE TESTS_OCS_PART_DAY2 DATAFILE 'tests_ocs_part_day2.dat' SIZE 500K AUTOEXTEND ON NEXT 500K MAXSIZE UNLIMITED; CREATE TABLESPACE TESTS_OCS_PART_DAY3 DATAFILE 'tests_ocs_part_day3.dat' SIZE 500K AUTOEXTEND ON NEXT 500K MAXSIZE UNLIMITED; CREATE TABLESPACE TESTS_OCS_PART_ROUND_ROBIN_A 'tests_ocs_part_round_robin_a.dat' DATAFILE SIZE 500K AUTOEXTEND ON NEXT 500K MAXSIZE UNLIMITED; CREATE TABLESPACE TESTS_OCS_PART_ROUND_ROBIN_B 'tests_ocs_part_round_robin_b.dat' DATAFILE SIZE 500K AUTOEXTEND ON NEXT 500K MAXSIZE UNLIMITED; CREATE TABLESPACE TESTS_OCS_PART_ROUND_ROBIN_C 'tests_ocs_part_round_robin_c.dat' DATAFILE SIZE 500K AUTOEXTEND ON NEXT 500K MAXSIZE UNLIMITED; Before start, gather optimizer statistics on the actual FileStorage table: EXEC DBMS_STATS.GATHER_TABLE_STATS(USER, 'FileStorage', cascade => TRUE); Now check if is possible execute the redefinition process: EXEC DBMS_REDEFINITION.CAN_REDEF_TABLE('TESTS_OCS', 'FileStorage',DBMS_REDEFINITION.CONS_USE_PK); If no errors messages, you are good to go. Create a Partitioned Interim FileStorage table. You need to create a new table with the partition information to act as an interim table: CREATE TABLE FILESTORAGE_Part ( DID NUMBER(*,0) NOT NULL ENABLE, DRENDITIONID VARCHAR2(30 CHAR) NOT NULL ENABLE, DLASTMODIFIED TIMESTAMP (6), DFILESIZE NUMBER(*,0), DISDELETED VARCHAR2(1 CHAR), BFILEDATA BLOB ) LOB (BFILEDATA) STORE AS SECUREFILE ( ENABLE STORAGE IN ROW NOCACHE LOGGING KEEP_DUPLICATES NOCOMPRESS ) PARTITION BY RANGE (DLASTMODIFIED) INTERVAL (NUMTODSINTERVAL(1,'DAY')) STORE IN (TESTS_OCS_PART_ROUND_ROBIN_A, TESTS_OCS_PART_ROUND_ROBIN_B, TESTS_OCS_PART_ROUND_ROBIN_C) ( PARTITION FILESTORAGE_PART_LEGACY VALUES LESS THAN (TO_DATE('05-APR-2012 12.00.00 AM', 'DD-MON-YYYY HH.MI.SS AM')) TABLESPACE TESTS_OCS_PART_LEGACY LOB (BFILEDATA) STORE AS SECUREFILE ( TABLESPACE TESTS_OCS_PART_LEGACY RETENTION NONE DEDUPLICATE COMPRESS HIGH ), PARTITION FILESTORAGE_PART_DAY1 VALUES LESS THAN (TO_DATE('06-APR-2012 07.25.00 PM', 'DD-MON-YYYY HH.MI.SS AM')) TABLESPACE TESTS_OCS_PART_DAY1 LOB (BFILEDATA) STORE AS SECUREFILE ( TABLESPACE TESTS_OCS_PART_DAY1 RETENTION AUTO KEEP_DUPLICATES COMPRESS ), PARTITION FILESTORAGE_PART_DAY2 VALUES LESS THAN (TO_DATE('06-APR-2012 07.55.00 PM', 'DD-MON-YYYY HH.MI.SS AM')) TABLESPACE TESTS_OCS_PART_DAY2 LOB (BFILEDATA) STORE AS SECUREFILE ( TABLESPACE TESTS_OCS_PART_DAY2 RETENTION AUTO KEEP_DUPLICATES NOCOMPRESS ), PARTITION FILESTORAGE_PART_DAY3 VALUES LESS THAN (TO_DATE('06-APR-2012 07.58.00 PM', 'DD-MON-YYYY HH.MI.SS AM')) TABLESPACE TESTS_OCS_PART_DAY3 LOB (BFILEDATA) STORE AS SECUREFILE ( TABLESPACE TESTS_OCS_PART_DAY3 RETENTION AUTO KEEP_DUPLICATES NOCOMPRESS ) ); After the creation you should see your partitions defined. Note that only the fixed range partitions have been created, none of the interval partition have been created. Start the redefinition process: BEGIN DBMS_REDEFINITION.START_REDEF_TABLE( uname => 'TESTS_OCS' ,orig_table => 'FileStorage' ,int_table => 'FileStorage_PART' ,col_mapping => NULL ,options_flag => DBMS_REDEFINITION.CONS_USE_PK ); END; This operation can take some time to complete, depending how many contents that you have and on the size of the table. Using the DBA user you can check the progress with this command: SELECT * FROM v$sesstat WHERE sid = 1; Copy dependent objects: DECLARE redefinition_errors PLS_INTEGER := 0; BEGIN DBMS_REDEFINITION.COPY_TABLE_DEPENDENTS( uname => 'TESTS_OCS' ,orig_table => 'FileStorage' ,int_table => 'FileStorage_PART' ,copy_indexes => DBMS_REDEFINITION.CONS_ORIG_PARAMS ,copy_triggers => TRUE ,copy_constraints => TRUE ,copy_privileges => TRUE ,ignore_errors => TRUE ,num_errors => redefinition_errors ,copy_statistics => FALSE ,copy_mvlog => FALSE ); IF (redefinition_errors > 0) THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('>>> FileStorage to FileStorage_PART temp copy Errors: ' || TO_CHAR(redefinition_errors)); END IF; END; With the DBA user, verify that there's no errors: SELECT object_name, base_table_name, ddl_txt FROM DBA_REDEFINITION_ERRORS; *Note that will show 2 lines related to the constrains, this is expected. Synchronize the interim table FileStorage_PART: BEGIN DBMS_REDEFINITION.SYNC_INTERIM_TABLE( uname => 'TESTS_OCS', orig_table => 'FileStorage', int_table => 'FileStorage_PART'); END; Gather statistics on the new table: EXEC DBMS_STATS.GATHER_TABLE_STATS(USER, 'FileStorage_PART', cascade => TRUE); Complete the redefinition: BEGIN DBMS_REDEFINITION.FINISH_REDEF_TABLE( uname => 'TESTS_OCS', orig_table => 'FileStorage', int_table => 'FileStorage_PART'); END; During the execution the FileStorage table is locked in exclusive mode until finish the operation. After the last command the FileStorage table is partitioned. If you have contents out of the range partition, you should see the new partitions created automatically, not generating an error if you “forgot” to create all the future ranges. You will see something like: You now can drop the FileStorage_PART table: border-bottom-width: 1px; border-bottom-style: solid; text-align: left; border-left-color: silver; border-left-width: 1px; border-left-style: solid; padding-bottom: 4px; line-height: 12pt; background-color: #f4f4f4; margin-top: 20px; margin-right: 0px; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-left: 0px; padding-left: 4px; width: 97.5%; padding-right: 4px; font-family: 'Courier New', Courier, monospace; direction: ltr; max-height: 200px; font-size: 8pt; overflow-x: auto; overflow-y: auto; border-top-color: silver; border-top-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; cursor: text; border-right-color: silver; border-right-width: 1px; border-right-style: solid; padding-top: 4px; " id="codeSnippetWrapper"> DROP TABLE FileStorage_PART PURGE; To check the FileStorage table is valid and is partitioned, use the command: SELECT num_rows,partitioned FROM user_tables WHERE table_name = 'FILESTORAGE'; You can list the contents of the FileStorage table in a specific partition, per example: SELECT * FROM FileStorage PARTITION (FILESTORAGE_PART_LEGACY) Some useful commands that you can use to check the partitions, note that you need to run using a DBA user: SELECT * FROM DBA_TAB_PARTITIONS WHERE table_name = 'FILESTORAGE';   SELECT * FROM DBA_TABLESPACES WHERE tablespace_name like 'TESTS_OCS%'; After the redefinition process complete you have a new FileStorage table storing all content that has the Storage rule pointed to the JDBC Storage and partitioned using the rule set during the creation of the temporary interim FileStorage_PART table. At this point you can test the WebCenter Content downloading the documents (Original and Renditions). Note that the content could be already in the cache area, take a look in the weblayout directory to see if a file with the same id is there, then click on the web rendition of your test file and see if have created the file and you can open, this means that is all working. The redefinition process can be repeated many times, this allow you test what the better layout, over and over again. Now some interesting maintenance actions related to the partitions: Make an tablespace read only. No issues viewing, the WebCenter Content do not alter the revisions When try to delete an content that is part of an read only tablespace, an error will occurs and the document will not be deleted The only way to prevent errors today is creating an custom component that checks the partitions and if you have an document in an “Read Only” repository, execute the deletion process of the metadata and mark the document to be deleted on the next db maintenance, like a new redefinition. Take an tablespace off-line for archiving purposes or any other reason. When you try open an document that is included in this tablespace will receive an error that was unable to retrieve the content, but the others online tablespaces are not affected. Same behavior when deleting documents. Again, an custom component is the solution. If you have an document “out of range”, the component can show an message that the repository for that document is offline. This can be extended to a option to the user to request to put online again. Moving some legacy content to an offline repository (table) using the Exchange option to move the content from one partition to a empty nonpartitioned table like FileStorage_LEGACY. Note that this option will remove the registers from the FileStorage and will not be able to open the stored content. You always need to keep in mind the indexes and constrains. An redefinition separating the original content (vault) from the renditions and separate by date ate the same time. This could be an option for DAM environments that want to have an special place for the renditions and put the original files in a storage with less performance. The process will be the same, you just need to change the script of the interim table to use composite partitioning. Will be something like: CREATE TABLE FILESTORAGE_RenditionPart ( DID NUMBER(*,0) NOT NULL ENABLE, DRENDITIONID VARCHAR2(30 CHAR) NOT NULL ENABLE, DLASTMODIFIED TIMESTAMP (6), DFILESIZE NUMBER(*,0), DISDELETED VARCHAR2(1 CHAR), BFILEDATA BLOB ) LOB (BFILEDATA) STORE AS SECUREFILE ( ENABLE STORAGE IN ROW NOCACHE LOGGING KEEP_DUPLICATES NOCOMPRESS ) PARTITION BY LIST (DRENDITIONID) SUBPARTITION BY RANGE (DLASTMODIFIED) ( PARTITION Vault VALUES ('primaryFile') ( SUBPARTITION FILESTORAGE_VAULT_LEGACY VALUES LESS THAN (TO_DATE('05-APR-2012 12.00.00 AM', 'DD-MON-YYYY HH.MI.SS AM')) LOB (BFILEDATA) STORE AS SECUREFILE , SUBPARTITION FILESTORAGE_VAULT_DAY1 VALUES LESS THAN (TO_DATE('06-APR-2012 07.25.00 PM', 'DD-MON-YYYY HH.MI.SS AM')) LOB (BFILEDATA) STORE AS SECUREFILE , SUBPARTITION FILESTORAGE_VAULT_DAY2 VALUES LESS THAN (TO_DATE('06-APR-2012 07.55.00 PM', 'DD-MON-YYYY HH.MI.SS AM')) LOB (BFILEDATA) STORE AS SECUREFILE , SUBPARTITION FILESTORAGE_VAULT_DAY3 VALUES LESS THAN (TO_DATE('06-APR-2012 07.58.00 PM', 'DD-MON-YYYY HH.MI.SS AM')) LOB (BFILEDATA) STORE AS SECUREFILE , SUBPARTITION FILESTORAGE_VAULT_FUTURE VALUES LESS THAN (MAXVALUE) ) ,PARTITION WebLayout VALUES ('webViewableFile') ( SUBPARTITION FILESTORAGE_WEBLAYOUT_LEGACY VALUES LESS THAN (TO_DATE('05-APR-2012 12.00.00 AM', 'DD-MON-YYYY HH.MI.SS AM')) LOB (BFILEDATA) STORE AS SECUREFILE , SUBPARTITION FILESTORAGE_WEBLAYOUT_DAY1 VALUES LESS THAN (TO_DATE('06-APR-2012 07.25.00 PM', 'DD-MON-YYYY HH.MI.SS AM')) LOB (BFILEDATA) STORE AS SECUREFILE , SUBPARTITION FILESTORAGE_WEBLAYOUT_DAY2 VALUES LESS THAN (TO_DATE('06-APR-2012 07.55.00 PM', 'DD-MON-YYYY HH.MI.SS AM')) LOB (BFILEDATA) STORE AS SECUREFILE , SUBPARTITION FILESTORAGE_WEBLAYOUT_DAY3 VALUES LESS THAN (TO_DATE('06-APR-2012 07.58.00 PM', 'DD-MON-YYYY HH.MI.SS AM')) LOB (BFILEDATA) STORE AS SECUREFILE , SUBPARTITION FILESTORAGE_WEBLAYOUT_FUTURE VALUES LESS THAN (MAXVALUE) ) ,PARTITION Special VALUES ('Special') ( SUBPARTITION FILESTORAGE_SPECIAL_LEGACY VALUES LESS THAN (TO_DATE('05-APR-2012 12.00.00 AM', 'DD-MON-YYYY HH.MI.SS AM')) LOB (BFILEDATA) STORE AS SECUREFILE , SUBPARTITION FILESTORAGE_SPECIAL_DAY1 VALUES LESS THAN (TO_DATE('06-APR-2012 07.25.00 PM', 'DD-MON-YYYY HH.MI.SS AM')) LOB (BFILEDATA) STORE AS SECUREFILE , SUBPARTITION FILESTORAGE_SPECIAL_DAY2 VALUES LESS THAN (TO_DATE('06-APR-2012 07.55.00 PM', 'DD-MON-YYYY HH.MI.SS AM')) LOB (BFILEDATA) STORE AS SECUREFILE , SUBPARTITION FILESTORAGE_SPECIAL_DAY3 VALUES LESS THAN (TO_DATE('06-APR-2012 07.58.00 PM', 'DD-MON-YYYY HH.MI.SS AM')) LOB (BFILEDATA) STORE AS SECUREFILE , SUBPARTITION FILESTORAGE_SPECIAL_FUTURE VALUES LESS THAN (MAXVALUE) ) )ENABLE ROW MOVEMENT; The next post related to partitioned repository will come with an sample component to handle the possible exceptions when you need to take off line an tablespace/partition or move to another place. Also, we can include some integration to the Retention Management and Records Management. Another subject related to partitioning is the ability to create an FileStore Provider pointed to a different database, raising the level of the distributed storage vs. performance. Let us know if this is important to you or you have an use case not listed, leave a comment. Cross-posted on the blog.ContentrA.com

    Read the article

  • CodePlex Daily Summary for Thursday, January 13, 2011

    CodePlex Daily Summary for Thursday, January 13, 2011Popular ReleasesMVC Music Store: MVC Music Store v2.0: This is the 2.0 release of the MVC Music Store Tutorial. This tutorial is updated for ASP.NET MVC 3 and Entity Framework Code-First, and contains fixes and improvements based on feedback and common questions from previous releases. The main download, MvcMusicStore-v2.0.zip, contains everything you need to build the sample application, including A detailed tutorial document in PDF format Assets you will need to build the project, including images, a stylesheet, and a pre-populated databas...Free Silverlight & WPF Chart Control - Visifire: Visifire SL and WPF Charts v3.6.7 GA Released: Hi, Today we are releasing Visifire 3.6.7 GA with the following feature: * Inlines property has been implemented in Title. Also, this release contains fix for the following bugs: * In Column and Bar chart DataPoint’s label properties were not working as expected at real-time if marker enabled was set to true. * 3D Column and Bar chart were not rendered properly if AxisMinimum property was set in x-axis. You can download Visifire v3.6.7 here. Cheers, Team VisifireFluent Validation for .NET: 2.0: Changes since 2.0 RC Fix typo in the name of FallbackAwareResourceAccessorBuilder Fix issue #7062 - allow validator selectors to work against nullable properties with overriden names. Fix error in German localization. Better support for client-side validation messages in MVC integration. All changes since 1.3 Allow custom MVC ModelValidators to be added to the FVModelValidatorProvider Support resource provider for custom property validators through the new IResourceAccessorBuilder ...EnhSim: EnhSim 2.3.2 ALPHA: 2.3.1 ALPHAThis release supports WoW patch 4.03a at level 85 To use this release, you must have the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package installed. This can be downloaded from http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/en/details.aspx?FamilyID=A7B7A05E-6DE6-4D3A-A423-37BF0912DB84 To use the GUI you must have the .NET 4.0 Framework installed. This can be downloaded from http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/en/details.aspx?FamilyID=9cfb2d51-5ff4-4491-b0e5-b386f32c0992 - Quick update to ...ASP.NET MVC Project Awesome, jQuery Ajax helpers (controls): 1.6: A rich set of helpers (controls) that you can use to build highly responsive and interactive Ajax-enabled Web applications. These helpers include Autocomplete, AjaxDropdown, Lookup, Confirm Dialog, Popup Form, Popup and Pager new stuff: paging for the lookup lookup with multiselect changes: the css classes used by the framework where renamed to be more standard the lookup controller requries an item.ascx (no more ViewData["structure"]), and LookupList action renamed to Search all the...pwTools: pwTools: Changelog v1.0 base release??????????: All-In-One Code Framework ??? 2011-01-12: 2011???????All-In-One Code Framework(??) 2011?1??????!!http://i3.codeplex.com/Project/Download/FileDownload.aspx?ProjectName=1code&DownloadId=128165 ?????release?,???????ASP.NET, AJAX, WinForm, Windows Shell????13?Sample Code。???,??????????sample code。 ?????:http://blog.csdn.net/sjb5201/archive/2011/01/13/6135037.aspx ??,??????MSDN????????????。 http://social.msdn.microsoft.com/Forums/zh-CN/codezhchs/threads ?????????????????,??Email ????patterns & practices – Enterprise Library: Enterprise Library 5.0 - Extensibility Labs: This is a preview release of the Hands-on Labs to help you learn and practice different ways the Enterprise Library can be extended. Learning MapCustom exception handler (estimated time to complete: 1 hr 15 mins) Custom logging trace listener (1 hr) Custom configuration source (registry-based) (30 mins) System requirementsEnterprise Library 5.0 / Unity 2.0 installed SQL Express 2008 installed Visual Studio 2010 Pro (or better) installed AuthorsChris Tavares, Microsoft Corporation ...Orchard Project: Orchard 1.0: Orchard Release Notes Build: 1.0.20 Published: 1/12/2010 How to Install OrchardTo install the Orchard tech preview using Web PI, follow these instructions: http://www.orchardproject.net/docs/Installing-Orchard.ashx Web PI will detect your hardware environment and install the application. --OR-- Alternatively, to install the release manually, download the Orchard.Web.1.0.20.zip file. The zip contents are pre-built and ready-to-run. Simply extract the contents of the Orchard folder from ...Umbraco CMS: Umbraco 4.6.1: The Umbraco 4.6.1 (codename JUNO) release contains many new features focusing on an improved installation experience, a number of robust developer features, and contains nearly 200 bug fixes since the 4.5.2 release. Getting Started A great place to start is with our Getting Started Guide: Getting Started Guide: http://umbraco.codeplex.com/Project/Download/FileDownload.aspx?DownloadId=197051 Make sure to check the free foundation videos on how to get started building Umbraco sites. They're ...Google URL Shortener API for .NET: Google URL Shortener API v1: According follow specification: http://code.google.com/apis/urlshortener/v1/reference.htmlStyleCop for ReSharper: StyleCop for ReSharper 5.1.14986.000: A considerable amount of work has gone into this release: Features: Huge focus on performance around the violation scanning subsystem: - caching added to reduce IO operations around reading and merging of settings files - caching added to reduce creation of expensive objects Users should notice condsiderable perf boost and a decrease in memory usage. Bug Fixes: - StyleCop's new ObjectBasedEnvironment object does not resolve the StyleCop installation path, thus it does not return the ...SQL Monitor - tracking sql server activities: SQL Monitor 3.1 beta 1: 1. support alert message template 2. dynamic toolbar commands depending on functionality 3. fixed some bugs 4. refactored part of the code, now more stable and more clean upFacebook C# SDK: 4.2.1: - Authentication bug fixes - Updated Json.Net to version 4.0.0 - BREAKING CHANGE: Removed cookieSupport config setting, now automatic. This download is also availible on NuGet: Facebook FacebookWeb FacebookWebMvcHawkeye - The .Net Runtime Object Editor: Hawkeye 1.2.5: In the case you are running an x86 Windows and you installed Release 1.2.4, you should consider upgrading to this release (1.2.5) as it appears Hawkeye is broken on x86 OS. I apologize for the inconvenience, but it appears Hawkeye 1.2.4 (and probably previous versions) doesn't run on x86 Windows (See issue http://hawkeye.codeplex.com/workitem/7791). This maintenance release fixes this broken behavior. This release comes in two flavors: Hawkeye.125.N2 is the standard .NET 2 build, was compile...Phalanger - The PHP Language Compiler for the .NET Framework: 2.0 (January 2011): Another release build for daily use; it contains many new features, enhanced compatibility with latest PHP opensource applications and several issue fixes. To improve the performance of your application using MySQL, please use Managed MySQL Extension for Phalanger. Changes made within this release include following: New features available only in Phalanger. Full support of Multi-Script-Assemblies was implemented; you can build your application into several DLLs now. Deploy them separately t...AutoLoL: AutoLoL v1.5.3: A message will be displayed when there's an update available Shows a list of recent mastery files in the Editor Tab (requested by quite a few people) Updater: Update information is now scrollable Added a buton to launch AutoLoL after updating is finished Updated the UI to match that of AutoLoL Fix: Detects and resolves 'Read Only' state on Version.xmlTweetSharp: TweetSharp v2.0.0.0 - Preview 7: Documentation for this release may be found at http://tweetsharp.codeplex.com/wikipage?title=UserGuide&referringTitle=Documentation. Note: This code is currently preview quality. Preview 7 ChangesFixes the regression issue in OAuth from Preview 6 Preview 6 ChangesMaintenance release with user reported fixes Preview 5 ChangesMaintenance release with user reported fixes Third Party Library VersionsHammock v1.0.6: http://hammock.codeplex.com Json.NET 3.5 Release 8: http://json.codeplex.comExtended WPF Toolkit: Extended WPF Toolkit - 1.3.0: What's in the 1.3.0 Release?BusyIndicator ButtonSpinner ChildWindow ColorPicker - Updated (Breaking Changes) DateTimeUpDown - New Control Magnifier - New Control MaskedTextBox - New Control MessageBox NumericUpDown RichTextBox RichTextBoxFormatBar - Updated .NET 3.5 binaries and SourcePlease note: The Extended WPF Toolkit 3.5 is dependent on .NET Framework 3.5 and the WPFToolkit. You must install .NET Framework 3.5 and the WPFToolkit in order to use any features in the To...Ionics Isapi Rewrite Filter: 2.1 latest stable: V2.1 is stable, and is in maintenance mode. This is v2.1.1.25. It is a bug-fix release. There are no new features. 28629 29172 28722 27626 28074 29164 27659 27900 many documentation updates and fixes proper x64 build environment. This release includes x64 binaries in zip form, but no x64 MSI file. You'll have to manually install x64 servers, following the instructions in the documentation.New Projects4chan: Project for educational purposesAE.Net.Mail - POP/IMAP Client: C# POP/IMAP client libraryAlmathy: Application communautaire pour le partage de données basée sur le protocole XMPP. Discussion instantanée, mail, échange de données, travaux partagés. Développée en C#, utilisant les Windows Forms.AMK - Associação Metropolitana de Kendo: Projeto do site versão 2011 da Associação Metropolitana de Kendo. O site contará com: - Cadastro de atletas e eventos; - Controle de cadastro junto a CBK e histórico de graduações; - Calendário de treinos; Será desenvolvido usando .NET, MVC2, Entity Framework, SQL Server, JQueryAzke: New: Azke is a portal developed with ASP.NET MVC and MySQL. Old: Azke is a portal developed with ASP.net and MySQL.BuildScreen: A standalone Windows application to displays project build statuses from TeamCity. It can be used on a large screen for the whole development team to watch their build statuses as well as on a developer machine.CardOnline: CardOnline GameLobby GameCAudioEndpointVolume: The CAudioEndpointVolume implements the IAudioEndpointVolume Interface to control the master volume in Visual Basic 6.0 for Windows Vista and later operating systems.Cloudy - Online Storage Library: The goal of Cloudy is to be an online storage library to enable access for the most common storage services : DropBox, Skydrive, Google Docs, Azure Blob Storage and Amazon S3. It'll work in .NET 3.5 and up, Silverlight and Windows Phone 7 (WP7).ContentManager: Content Manger for SAP Kpro exports the data pool of a content-server by PHIOS-Lists (txt-files) into local binary files. Afterwards this files can be imported in a SAP content-repository . The whole List of the PHIOS Keys can also be downloaded an splitted in practical units.CSWFKrad: private FrameworkDiego: Diegodoomhjx_javalib: this is my lib for the java project.Eve Planetary Interaction: Eve Planetary InteractionEventWall: EventWall allows you to show related blogposts and tweets on the big screen. Just configure the hashtag and blog RSS feeds and you're done.Google URL Shortener API for .NET: Google URL Shortener API for .NET is a wrapper for the Google Project below: http://code.google.com/apis/urlshortener/v1/reference.html With Google URL Shortener API, you may shorten urls and get some analytics information about this. It's developer in C# 4.0 and VS2010. HtmlDeploy: A project to compile asp's Master page into pure html files. The idea is to use jQuery templating to do all the "if" and "for" when it comes to generating html output. Inventory Management System: Inventory Management System is a Silverlight-based system. It aims to manage and control the input raw material activites, output of finished goods of a small inventory.koplamp kapot: demo project voor AzureMSAccess SVN: Access SVN adds to Microsoft Access (MS Access) support for SVN Source controlMultiConvert: console based utility primary to convert solid edge files into data exchange formats like *.stp and *.dxf. It's using the API of the original software and can't be run alone. The goal of this project is creating routines with desired pre-instructions for batch conversionsNGN Image Getter: Nationalgeographic has really stunning photos! They allow to download them via website. This program automates that process.OOD CRM: Project CRM for Object Oriented Development final examsOpen NOS Client: Open NOS Rest ClientopenEHR.NET: openEHR.NET is a C# implementation of openEHR (http://openehr.org) Reference Model (RM) and Archetype Model (AM) specifications (Release 1.0.1). It allows you to build openEHR applications by composing RM objects, validate against AM objects and serialise to/from XML.OpenGL Flow Designer: OpenGL Flow Designer allows writing pseudo-C code to build OpenGL pipeline and preview results immediately.Orchard Translation Manager: An Orchard module that aims at facilitating the creation and management of translations of the Orchard CMS and its extensions.pwTools: A set of tools for viewing/editing some perfect world client/server filesServerStatusMobile: Server availability monitoring application for windows mobile 6.5.x running on WVGA (480x800) devices. Supports autorun, vibration & notification when server became unavailable, text log files for each server. .NET Compact Framework 3.5 required for running this applicationSimple Silverlight Multiple File Uploader: The project allows you to achieve multiple file uploading in Silverlight without complex, complicated, or third-party applications. In just two core classes, it's very simple to understand, use, and extend. Snos: Projet Snos linker Snes multi SupportT-4 Templates for ASP.NET Web Form Databound Control Friendly Logical Layers: This open source project includes a set of T-4 templates to enable you to build logical layers (i.e. DAL/BLL) with just few clicks! The logical layers implemented here are based on Entity Framework 4.0, ASP.NET Web Form Data Bound control friendly and fully unit testable.The Media Store: The Media StoreUM: source control for the um projecturBook - Your Address Book Manager: urBook is and Address Book Manager that can merge all your contacts on all web services you use with your phone contacts to have one consistent Address Book for all your contacts and to update back your web services contacts with the one consistent address bookWindows Phone Certificate Installer: Helps install Trusted Root Certificates on Windows Phone 7 to enable SSL requests. Intended to allow developers to use localhost web servers during development without requiring the purchase of an SSL certificate. Especially helpful for ws-trust secured web service development.

    Read the article

  • MVVM in Task-It

    As I'm gearing up to write a post about dynamic XAP loading with MEF, I'd like to first talk a bit about MVVM, the Model-View-ViewModel pattern, as I will be leveraging this pattern in my future posts. Download Source Code Why MVVM? Your first question may be, "why do I need this pattern? I've been using a code-behind approach for years and it works fine." Well, you really don't have to make the switch to MVVM, but let me first explain some of the benefits I see for doing so. MVVM Benefits Testability - This is the one you'll probably hear the most about when it comes to MVVM. Moving most of the code from your code-behind to a separate view model class means you can now write unit tests against the view model without any knowledge of a view (UserControl). Multiple UIs - Let's just say that you've created a killer app, it's running in the browser, and maybe you've even made it run out-of-browser. Now what if your boss comes to you and says, "I heard about this new Windows Phone 7 device that is coming out later this year. Can you start porting the app to that device?". Well, now you have to create a new UI (UserControls, etc.) because you have a lot less screen real estate to work with. So what do you do, copy all of your existing UserControls, paste them, rename them, and then start changing the code? Hmm, that doesn't sound so good. But wait, if most of the code that makes your browser-based app tick lives in view model classes, now you can create new view (UserControls) for Windows Phone 7 that reference the same view model classes as your browser-based app. Page state - In Silverlight you're at some point going to be faced with the same issue you dealt with for years in ASP.NET, maintaining page state. Let's say a user hits your Products page, does some stuff (filters record, etc.), then leaves the page and comes back later. It would be best if the Products page was in the same state as when they left it right? Well, if you've thrown away your view (UserControl or Page) and moved off to another part of the UI, when you come back to Products you're probably going to re-instantiate your view...which will put it right back in the state it was when it started. Hmm, not good. Well, with a little help from MEF you can store the state in your view model class, MEF will keep that view model instance hanging around in memory, and then you simply rebind your view to the view model class. I made that sound easy, but it's actually a bit of work to properly store and restore the state. At least it can be done though, which will make your users a lot happier! I'll talk more about this in an upcoming blog post. No event handlers? Another nice thing about MVVM is that you can bind your UserControls to the view model, which may eliminate the need for event handlers in your code-behind. So instead of having a Click handler on a Button (or RadMenuItem), for example, you can now bind your control's Command property to a DelegateCommand in your view model (I'll talk more about Commands in an upcoming post). Instead of having a SelectionChanged event handler on your RadGridView you can now bind its SelectedItem property to a property in your view model, and each time the user clicks a row, the view model property's setter will be called. Now through the magic of binding we can eliminate the need for traditional code-behind based event handlers on our user interface controls, and the best thing is that the view model knows about everything that's going on...which means we can test things without a user interface. The brains of the operation So what we're seeing here is that the view is now just a dumb layer that binds to the view model, and that the view model is in control of just about everything, like what happens when a RadGridView row is selected, or when a RadComboBoxItem is selected, or when a RadMenuItem is clicked. It is also responsible for loading data when the page is hit, as well as kicking off data inserts, updates and deletions. Once again, all of this stuff can be tested without the need for a user interface. If the test works, then it'll work regardless of whether the user is hitting the browser-based version of your app, or the Windows Phone 7 version. Nice! The database Before running the code for this app you will need to create the database. First, create a database called MVVMProject in SQL Server, then run MVVMProject.sql in the MVVMProject/Database directory of your downloaded .zip file. This should give you a Task table with 3 records in it. When you fire up the solution you will also need to update the connection string in web.config to point to your database instead of IBM12\SQLSERVER2008. The code One note about this code is that it runs against the latest Silverlight 4 RC and WCF RIA Services code. Please see my first blog post about updating to the RC bits. Beta to RC - Part 1 At the top of this post is a link to a sample project that demonstrates a sample application with a Tasks page that uses the MVVM pattern. This is a simplified version of how I have implemented the Tasks page in the Task-It application. Youll notice that Tasks.xaml has very little code to it. Just a TextBlock that displays the page title and a ContentControl. <StackPanel>     <TextBlock Text="Tasks" Style="{StaticResource PageTitleStyle}"/>     <Rectangle Style="{StaticResource StandardSpacerStyle}"/>     <ContentControl x:Name="ContentControl1"/> </StackPanel> In List.xaml we have a RadGridView. Notice that the ItemsSource is bound to a property in the view model class call Tasks, SelectedItem is bound to a property in the view model called SelectedItem, and IsBusy is bound to a property in the view model called IsLoading. <Grid>     <telerikGridView:RadGridView ItemsSource="{Binding Tasks}" SelectedItem="{Binding SelectedItem, Mode=TwoWay}"                                  IsBusy="{Binding IsLoading}" AutoGenerateColumns="False" IsReadOnly="True" RowIndicatorVisibility="Collapsed"                IsFilteringAllowed="False" ShowGroupPanel="False">         <telerikGridView:RadGridView.Columns>             <telerikGridView:GridViewDataColumn Header="Name" DataMemberBinding="{Binding Name}" Width="3*"/>             <telerikGridView:GridViewDataColumn Header="Due" DataMemberBinding="{Binding DueDate}" DataFormatString="{}{0:d}" Width="*"/>         </telerikGridView:RadGridView.Columns>     </telerikGridView:RadGridView> </Grid> In Details.xaml we have a Save button that is bound to a property called SaveCommand in our view model. We also have a simple form (Im using a couple of controls here from Silverlight.FX for the form layout, FormPanel and Label simply because they make for a clean XAML layout). Notice that the FormPanel is also bound to the SelectedItem in the view model (the same one that the RadGridView is). The two form controls, the TextBox and RadDatePicker) are bound to the SelectedItem's Name and DueDate properties. These are properties of the Task object that WCF RIA Services creates. <StackPanel>     <Button Content="Save" Command="{Binding SaveCommand}" HorizontalAlignment="Left"/>     <Rectangle Style="{StaticResource StandardSpacerStyle}"/>     <fxui:FormPanel DataContext="{Binding SelectedItem}" Style="{StaticResource FormContainerStyle}">         <fxui:Label Text="Name:"/>         <TextBox Text="{Binding Name, Mode=TwoWay}"/>         <fxui:Label Text="Due:"/>         <telerikInput:RadDatePicker SelectedDate="{Binding DueDate, Mode=TwoWay}"/>     </fxui:FormPanel> </StackPanel> In the code-behind of the Tasks control, Tasks.xaml.cs, I created an instance of the view model class (TasksViewModel) in the constructor and set it as the DataContext for the control. The Tasks page will load one of two child UserControls depending on whether you are viewing the list of tasks (List.xaml) or the form for editing a task (Details.xaml). // Set the DataContext to an instance of the view model class var viewModel = new TasksViewModel(); DataContext = viewModel;   // Child user controls (inherit DataContext from this user control) List = new List(); // RadGridView Details = new Details(); // Form When the page first loads, the List is loaded into the ContentControl. // Show the RadGridView first ContentControl1.Content = List; In the code-behind we also listen for a couple of the view models events. The ItemSelected event will be fired when the user clicks on a record in the RadGridView in the List control. The SaveCompleted event will be fired when the user clicks Save in the Details control (the form). Here the view model is in control, and is letting the view know when something needs to change. // Listeners for the view model's events viewModel.ItemSelected += OnItemSelected; viewModel.SaveCompleted += OnSaveCompleted; The event handlers toggle the view between the RadGridView (List) and the form (Details). void OnItemSelected(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) {     // Show the form     ContentControl1.Content = Details; }   void OnSaveCompleted(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) {     // Show the RadGridView     ContentControl1.Content = List; } In TasksViewModel, we instantiate a DataContext object and a SaveCommand in the constructor. DataContext is a WCF RIA Services object that well use to retrieve the list of Tasks and to save any changes to a task. Ill talk more about this and Commands in future post, but for now think of the SaveCommand as an event handler that is called when the Save button in the form is clicked. DataContext = new DataContext(); SaveCommand = new DelegateCommand(OnSave); When the TasksViewModel constructor is called we also make a call to LoadTasks. This sets IsLoading to true (which causes the RadGridViews busy indicator to appear) and retrieves the records via WCF RIA Services.         public LoadOperation<Task> LoadTasks()         {             // Show the loading message             IsLoading = true;             // Get the data via WCF RIA Services. When the call has returned, called OnTasksLoaded.             return DataContext.Load(DataContext.GetTasksQuery(), OnTasksLoaded, false);         } When the data is returned, OnTasksLoaded is called. This sets IsLoading to false (which hides the RadGridViews busy indicator), and fires property changed notifications to the UI to let it know that the IsLoading and Tasks properties have changed. This property changed notification basically tells the UI to rebind. void OnTasksLoaded(LoadOperation<Task> lo) {     // Hide the loading message     IsLoading = false;       // Notify the UI that Tasks and IsLoading properties have changed     this.OnPropertyChanged(p => p.Tasks);     this.OnPropertyChanged(p => p.IsLoading); } Next lets look at the view models SelectedItem property. This is the one thats bound to both the RadGridView and the form. When the user clicks a record in the RadGridView its setter gets called (set a breakpoint and see what I mean). The other code in the setter lets the UI know that the SelectedItem has changed (so the form displays the correct data), and fires the event that notifies the UI that a selection has occurred (which tells the UI to switch from List to Details). public Task SelectedItem {     get { return _selectedItem; }     set     {         _selectedItem = value;           // Let the UI know that the SelectedItem has changed (forces it to re-bind)         this.OnPropertyChanged(p => p.SelectedItem);         // Notify the UI, so it can switch to the Details (form) page         NotifyItemSelected();     } } One last thing, saving the data. When the Save button in the form is clicked it fires the SaveCommand, which calls the OnSave method in the view model (once again, set a breakpoint to see it in action). public void OnSave() {     // Save the changes via WCF RIA Services. When the save is complete, call OnSaveCompleted.     DataContext.SubmitChanges(OnSaveCompleted, null); } In OnSave, we tell WCF RIA Services to submit any changes, which there will be if you changed either the Name or the Due Date in the form. When the save is completed, it calls OnSaveCompleted. This method fires a notification back to the UI that the save is completed, which causes the RadGridView (List) to show again. public virtual void OnSaveCompleted(SubmitOperation so) {     // Clear the item that is selected in the grid (in case we want to select it again)     SelectedItem = null;     // Notify the UI, so it can switch back to the List (RadGridView) page     NotifySaveCompleted(); } Did you know that DotNetSlackers also publishes .net articles written by top known .net Authors? We already have over 80 articles in several categories including Silverlight. Take a look: here.

    Read the article

  • MSCC: Global Windows Azure Bootcamp

    Mauritius participated and contributed to the Global Windows Azure Bootcamp 2014 (GWAB). Again! And this time stronger than ever, and together with 137 other locations in 56 countries world-wide. We had 62 named registrations, 7 guest additions and approximately 10 offline participants prior to the event day. Most interestingly the organisation of the GWAB through the MSCC helped to increased the number of craftsmen. The Mauritius Software Craftsmanship Community has currently 138 registered members - in less than one year! Only with those numbers we can proudly say that all the preparations and hard work towards this event already paid off. Personally, I'm really grateful that we had this kind of response and the feedback from some attendees confirmed that the MSCC is on the right track here on Cyber Island Mauritius. Inspired and motivated by the success of this event, rest assured that there will be more public events like the GWAB. This time it took some time to reflect on our meetup, following my first impression right on spot: "Wow, what an experience to organise and participate in this global event. Overall, I've been very pleased with the preparations and the event itself. Surely, there have been some nicks that we have to address and to improve for future activities like this. Quite frankly, we are not professional event organisers (not yet) but we learned a lot over the past couple of days. A big Thank You to our event sponsors, namely Microsoft Indian Ocean Islands & French Pacific, Ceridian Mauritius and Emtel. Without them this event wouldn't have happened - Thank You! And to the cool team members of Microsoft Student Partners (MSPs). You geeks did a great job! Thanks!" So, how many attendees did we actually have? 61! - Awesome - 61 cloud computing instances to help on the research of diabetes. During Saturday afternoon there was even an online publication on L'Express: Les développeurs mauriciens se joignent au combat contre le diabète Reactions of other attendees Don't take my word for granted... Here are some impressions and feedback from our participants: "Awesome event, really appreciated the presentations :-)" -- Kevin on event comments "very interesting and enriching." -- Diana on event comments "#gwab #gwabmru 2014 great success. Looking forward for gwab 2015" -- Wasiim on Twitter "Was there till the end. Awesome Event. I'll surely join upcoming meetup sessions :)" -- Luchmun on event comments "#gwabmru was not that cool. left early" -- Mohammad on Twitter The overall feedback is positive but we are absolutely aware that there quite a number of problems we had to face. We are already looking into that and ideas / action plans on how we will be able to improve it for future events. The sessions We started the day with welcoming speeches by Thierry Coret, Sr. Marketing Manager of Microsoft Indian Ocean Islands & French Pacific and Vidia Mooneegan, Managing Director and Sr. Vice President of Ceridian Mauritius. The clear emphasis was on the endless possibilities of cloud computing and how it can enable any kind of sectors here in the country. Then it was about time to set up the cloud computing services in order to contribute each attendees cloud computing resources to the global research of diabetes, a step by step guide presented by Arnaud Meslier, Technical Evangelist at Microsoft. Given a rendering package and a configuration file it was very interesting to follow the single steps in Windows Azure. Also, during the day we were not sure whether the set up had been correctly, as Mauritius didn't show up on the results board - which should have been the case after approximately 20 to 30 minutes. Anyways, let the minions work... Next, Arnaud gave a brief overview of the variety of services Windows Azure has to offer. Whether you need a development environment for your websites or mobiles app, running a virtual machine with your existing applications or simply putting a SQL database online. No worries, Windows Azure has the right packages available and the online management portal is really easy t handle. After this, we got a little bit more business oriented while Wasiim Hosenbocus, employee at Ceridian, took the attendees through the inerts of a real-life application, and demoed a couple of the existing features. He did a great job by showing how the different services of Windows Azure can be created and pulled together. After the lunch break it is always tough to keep the audience awake... And it was my turn. I gave a brief overview on operating and managing a SQL database on Windows Azure. Well, there are actually two options available and depending on your individual requirements you should be aware of both. The simpler version is called SQL Database and while provisioning only takes a couple of seconds, you should take into consideration that SQL Database has a number of constraints, like limitations on the actual database size - up to 5 GB as web edition and up to 150 GB maximum as business edition -, among others. Next, it was Chervine Bhiwoo's session on Windows Azure Mobile Services. It was absolutely amazing to see that the mobiles services directly offers you various project templates, like Windows 8 Store App, Android app, iOS app, and even Xamarin cross-platform app development. So, within a couple of minutes you can have your first mobile app active and running on Windows Azure. Furthermore, Chervine showed the attendees that adding another user interface, like Web Sites running on ASP.NET MVC 4 only takes a couple of minutes, too. And last but not least, we rounded up the day with Windows Azure Websites and hosting of Virtual Machines presented by some members of the local Microsoft Students Partners programme. Surely, one of the big advantages using Windows Azure is the availability of pre-defined installation packages of known web applications, like WordPress, Joomla!, or Ghost. Compared to running your own web site with a traditional web hoster it is surely en par, and depending on your personal level of expertise, Windows Azure provides you more liberty in terms of configuration than maybe a shared hosting environment. Running a pre-defined web application is one thing but in case that you would like to have more control over your hosting environment it is highly advised to opt for a virtual machine. Provisioning of an Ubuntu 12.04 LTS system was very simple to do but it takes some more minutes than you might expect. So, please be patient and take your time while Windows Azure gets everything in place for you. Afterwards, you can use a SecureShell (ssh) client like Putty in case of a Linux-based machine, or Remote Desktop Services when operating a Windows Server system to log in into your virtual machine. At the end of the day we had a great Q&A session and we finalised the event with our raffle of goodies. Participation in the raffle was bound to submission of the session survey and most gratefully we had a give-away for everyone. What a nice coincidence to finish of the day. Note: All session slides (and demo codes) will be made available on the MSCC event page. Please, check the Files section over there. (Some) Visual impressions from the event Just to give you an idea about what has happened during the GWAB 2014 at Ebene... Speakers and Microsoft Student Partners are getting ready for the Global Windows Azure Bootcamp 2014 GWAB 2014 attendees are fully integrated into the hands-on-labs and setting up their individuals cloud computing services 60 attendees at the GWAB 2014. Despite some technical difficulties we had a great time running the event GWAB 2014: Using the lunch break for networking and exchange of ideas - Great conversations and topics amongst attendees There are more pictures on the original event page: Questions & Answers Following are a couple of questions which have been asked and didn't get an answer during the event: Q: Is it possible to upload static pages via FTP? A: Yes, you can. Have a look at the right side column on the dashboard of your website. There you'll find information about the FTP and SFTP host names. You can use any FTP client, like ie. FileZilla to log in. FTP also gives you access to your log files. Q: What are the size limitations on SQL Database? A: 5 GB on the Web Edition, and 150 GB on the business edition. A maximum 150 databases (inclusing 'master') per SQL Database server. More details here: General Guidelines and Limitations (Azure SQL Database) Q: What's the maximum size of a SQL Server running in a Virtual Machine? A: The maximum Windows Azure VM has currently 8 CPU cores, 14 or 56 GB of RAM and 16x 1 TB hard drives. More details here: Virtual Machine and Cloud Service Sizes for Azure Q: How can we register for Windows Azure? A: Mauritius is currently not listed for phone verification. Please get in touch with Arnaud Meslier at Microsoft IOI & FP Q: Can I use my own domain name for Windows Azure websites? A: Yes, you can. But this might require to upscale your account to Standard. In case that I missed a question and answer, please use the comment section at the end of the article. Thanks! Final results Every participant was instructed during the hands-on-lab session on how to set up a cloud computing service in their account. Of course, I won't keep the results from you... Global Azure Lab GWAB 2014: Our cloud computing contribution to the research of diabetes And I would say Mauritius did a good job! Upcoming Events What are the upcoming events here in Mauritius? So far, we have the following ones (incomplete list as usual) in chronological order: Launch of Microsoft SQL Server 2014 (15.4.2014) Corsair Hackers Reboot (19.4.2014) WebCup (TBA ~ June 2014) Developers Conference (TBA ~ July 2014) Linuxfest 2014 (TBA ~ November 2014) Hopefully, there will be more announcements during the next couple of weeks and months. If you know about any other event, like a bootcamp, a code challenge or hackathon here in Mauritius, please drop me a note in the comment section below this article. Thanks! Networking and job/project opportunities Despite having technical presentations on Windows Azure an event like this always offers a great bunch of possibilities and opportunities to get in touch with new people in IT, have an exchange of experience with other like-minded people. As I already wrote about Communities - The importance of exchange and discussion - I had a great conversation with representatives of the University des Mascareignes which are currently embracing cloud infrastructure and cloud computing for their various campuses in the Indian Ocean. As for the MSCC it would be a great experience to stay in touch with them, and to work on upcoming, common activities. Furthermore, I had a very good conversation with Thierry and Ludovic of Microsoft IOI & FP on the necessity of user groups and IT communities here on the island. It's great to see that the MSCC is currently on a run and that local companies are sharing our thoughts on promoting IT careers and exchange of IT knowledge in such an open way. I'm also looking forward to be able to participate and to contribute on more events in the near future. My resume of the day We learned a lot today and there is always room for improvement! It was an awesome event and quite frankly it was a pleasure to spend the day with so many enthuastic IT people in the same room. It was a great experience to organise such event locally and participate on a global scale to support the GlyQ-IQ Technology in their research on diabetes. I was so pleased to see the involvement of new MSCC members in taking the opportunity to share and learn about the power of cloud computing. The Mauritius Software Craftsmanship Community is on the right way and this year's bootcamp on Windows Azure only marked the beginning of our journey. Thank you to our sponsors and my kudos to the MSPs! Update: Media coverage The event has been reported in local media, too. Following are some resources: Orange - Local - Business: Le cloud, pour des recherches approfondies sur le diabète Maurice Info.mu: Le cloud, pour des recherches approfondies sur le diabète Le Quotidien Pg 2: Global Windows Azure Bootcamp 2014 - Le cloud pour des recherches approfondies sur le diabète The Observer Pg 12: Le cloud, pour des recherches approfondies sur le diabète

    Read the article

  • CodePlex Daily Summary for Friday, March 04, 2011

    CodePlex Daily Summary for Friday, March 04, 2011Popular ReleasesyoutubeFisher: YouTubeFisher v3.0 Beta: Adding support for more video formats including the Super HD (e.g. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MrrHs2bnHPA) Minor change related to the video title due to change in YouTube pageSnippet Designer: Snippet Designer 1.3.1: Snippet Designer 1.3.1 for Visual Studio 2010This is a bug fix release. Change logFixed bug where Snippet Designer would fail if you had the most recent Productivity Power Tools installed Fixed bug where "Export as Snippet" was failing in non-english locales Fixed bug where opening a new .snippet file would fail in non-english localesChiave File Encryption: Chiave 1.0: Final Relase for Chave 1.0 Stable: Application for file encryption and decryption using 512 Bit rijndael encyrption algorithm with simple to use UI. Its written in C# and compiled in .Net version 3.5. It incorporates features of Windows 7 like Jumplists, Taskbar progress and Aero Glass. Now with added support to Windows XP! Change Log from 0.9.2 to 1.0: ==================== Added: > Added Icon Overlay for Windows 7 Taskbar Icon. >Added Thumbnail Toolbar buttons to make the navigation easier...AutoLoL: AutoLoL v1.6.3: Fixes some bugs in the previous releaseNetwork Monitor Decryption Expert: NMDecrypt 2.3: The NMDecryption Expert has been updated. In general these changes are: Updated Logging Support for multiple sessions that use the same cert with Session ID resuse. Fixed some bugs with IPv6 traffic and tunneled traffic Updated Version Info Made changes for assignment to Outercurve Foundation See the release blog for more information.DirectQ: Release 1.8.7 (RC1): Release candidate 1 of 1.8.7Chirpy - VS Add In For Handling Js, Css, DotLess, and T4 Files: Margogype Chirpy (ver 2.0): Chirpy loves Americans. Chirpy hates Americanos.ASP.NET: Sprite and Image Optimization Preview 3: The ASP.NET Sprite and Image Optimization framework is designed to decrease the amount of time required to request and display a page from a web server by performing a variety of optimizations on the page’s images. This is the third preview of the feature and works with ASP.NET Web Forms 4, ASP.NET MVC 3, and ASP.NET Web Pages (Razor) projects. The binaries are also available via NuGet: AspNetSprites-Core AspNetSprites-WebFormsControl AspNetSprites-MvcAndRazorHelper It includes the foll...Document.Editor: 2011.9: Whats new for Document.Editor 2011.9: New Templates System New Plug-in System New Replace dialog New reset settings Minor Bug Fix's, improvements and speed upsTortoiseHg: TortoiseHg 2.0: TortoiseHg 2.0 is a complete rewrite of TortoiseHg 1.1, switching from PyGtk to PyQtSandcastle Help File Builder: SHFB v1.9.2.0 Release: This release supports the Sandcastle June 2010 Release (v2.6.10621.1). It includes full support for generating, installing, and removing MS Help Viewer files. This new release is compiled under .NET 4.0, supports Visual Studio 2010 solutions and projects as documentation sources, and adds support for projects targeting the Silverlight Framework. NOTE: The included help file and the online help have not been completely updated to reflect all changes in this release. A refresh will be issue...Network Monitor Open Source Parsers: Microsoft Network Monitor Parsers 3.4.2554: The Network Monitor Parsers packages contain parsers for more than 400 network protocols, including RFC based public protocols and protocols for Microsoft products defined in the Microsoft Open Specifications for Windows and SQL Server. NetworkMonitor_Parsers.msi is the base parser package which defines parsers for commonly used public protocols and protocols for Microsoft Windows. In this release, we have added 4 new protocol parsers and updated 79 existing parsers in the NetworkMonitor_Pa...Image Resizer for Windows: Image Resizer 3 Preview 1: Prepare to have your minds blown. This is the first preview of what will eventually become 39613. There are still a lot of rough edges and plenty of areas still under construction, but for your basic needs, it should be relativly stable. Note: You will need the .NET Framework 4 installed to use this version. Below is a status report of where this release is in terms of the overall goal for version 3. If you're feeling a bit technically ambitious and want to check out some of the features th...JSON Toolkit: JSON Toolkit 1.1: updated GetAllJsonObjects() method and GetAllProperties() methods to JsonObject and Properties propertiesFacebook Graph Toolkit: Facebook Graph Toolkit 1.0: Refer to http://computerbeacon.net for Documentation and Tutorial New features:added FQL support added Expires property to Api object added support for publishing to a user's friend / Facebook Page added support for posting and removing comments on posts added support for adding and removing likes on posts and comments added static methods for Page class added support for Iframe Application Tab of Facebook Page added support for obtaining the user's country, locale and age in If...ASP.NET MVC Project Awesome, jQuery Ajax helpers (controls): 1.7.1: A rich set of helpers (controls) that you can use to build highly responsive and interactive Ajax-enabled Web applications. These helpers include Autocomplete, AjaxDropdown, Lookup, Confirm Dialog, Popup Form, Popup and Pager small improvements for some helpers and AjaxDropdown has Data like the Lookup except it's value gets reset and list refilled if any element from data gets changedManaged Extensibility Framework: MEF 2 Preview 3: This release aims .net 4.0 and Silverlight 4.0. Accordingly, there are two solutions files. The assemblies are named System.ComponentModel.Composition.Codeplex.dll as a way to avoid clashing with the version shipped with the 4th version of the framework. Introduced CompositionOptions to container instantiation CompositionOptions.DisableSilentRejection makes MEF throw an exception on composition errors. Useful for diagnostics Support for open generics Support for attribute-less registr...PHPExcel: PHPExcel 1.7.6 Production: DonationsDonate via PayPal via PayPal. If you want to, we can also add your name / company on our Donation Acknowledgements page. PEAR channelWe now also have a full PEAR channel! Here's how to use it: New installation: pear channel-discover pear.pearplex.net pear install pearplex/PHPExcel Or if you've already installed PHPExcel before: pear upgrade pearplex/PHPExcel The official page can be found at http://pearplex.net. Want to contribute?Please refer the Contribute page.WPF Application Framework (WAF): WPF Application Framework (WAF) 2.0.0.4: Version: 2.0.0.4 (Milestone 4): This release contains the source code of the WPF Application Framework (WAF) and the sample applications. Requirements .NET Framework 4.0 (The package contains a solution file for Visual Studio 2010) The unit test projects require Visual Studio 2010 Professional Remark The sample applications are using Microsoft’s IoC container MEF. However, the WPF Application Framework (WAF) doesn’t force you to use the same IoC container in your application. You can use ...VidCoder: 0.8.2: Updated auto-naming to handle seconds and frames ranges as well. Deprecated the {chapters} token for auto-naming in favor of {range}. Allowing file drag to preview window and enabling main window shortcut keys to work no matter what window is focused. Added option in config to enable giving custom names to audio tracks. (Note that these names will only show up certain players like iTunes or on the iPod. Players that support custom track names normally may not show them.) Added tooltips ...New Projects.NET Serial To TCP proxy server: serial2tcp written to share your hardware serial ports as TCP port. You can easily turn your physical PC into terminal server. View session input/output or send commands to the physical port. Very useful when automating work with embedded devices. Developed in C#.Amazon SES SMTP: The C# code for a simple SMTP Server that forwards emails to Amazon Simple Email Service, either by acting as a SmartHost behind IIS SMTP Server or as a standalone SMTP server. It can be run in the background as either a Windows Service or a Console/Windows Application Azure Membership, Role, and Profile Providers: Complete ASP.NET solution that uses the Azure Table Storage and Azure Blob storage as a data source for a custom Membership, Role, and Profile providers. Developed in C# on the .NET 4 framework using Azure SDK V1.3. Helps you get up and running with Azure in no time. MIT license.CRM 2011 Code Snippets for Visual Studio: A set of JavaScript and C# code snippets to facilitate common Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 development for Visual Studio 2010.DDRMenu: DDRMenu is a templated menu provider for DotNetNuke that can produce any menu style you wish. In particular it comes with templates to upgrade a standard DNNMenu or SolPartMenu to provide true hyperlinks, SEO friendliness and animated transitions.Entity Framework CTP5 Extensions Library: The ADO.NET Entity Framework Extensions library contains a set of utility classes with additional functionality to Entity Framework CTP5.eTrader Pro: An easy-to-use, lightweight and customisable e-commerce solution developed in ASP.NET and SQL Server. Build an online shop in no time. Skin using ASP.NET themes. Localised for English and Spanish with integral CMS, order management and e-marketing tools.euler 12 problem: euler 12 problemeuler 19 problem: euler 19 problemeuler23: euler 23eXed: eXed (eXtended XML editor) is an XSD-based XML editor, i.e. it assumes that you have a working XSD file. The XSD is used to improve your editing experience, provide you with dynamic help, and validation. It is therefore not for those who want to write an XML file from scratch.FIM PowerShell Workflow Activity: The FIM WF Activity for PowerShell makes is easy to use PowerShell inside FIM workflows. The activity is also a good example of using diagnostic tracing inside FIM WF.FremyCompany Math Equation Editor: A WPF Component that can import MathML and LaTeX to be edited in a WYSIWYG word processor. It is intended to allow both visual and computer-comprehensive (formula in programming language) exportation. Scope and functionnalites are intended to be expanded over time.Geenie OS: A New Cosmos OSGeoBot: Monitoring and ControllingiRODS .NET: To be populated laterLicensePlateRecognition: A software for recognizing a car license plate number.LINQ for .NET 2.0: Backport of LINQ and Linq.Dynamic to the .NET Framework 2.0. The sources used to port it are taken from the mono project. http://ftp.novell.com/pub/mono/sources-stable/ It requires Visual Studio 2010 to compile. It won't compile on Visual Studio 2005.mobilestandards: MobileStandards project-creating a web2.0 BannerMy MVC store Implementation: My implementation of MVC music storeOrchard Localization JP: Localizing Project of Orchard. This project is intended to host localizing project to Japanes. Orchard ???????????。 ??????????、???????????????????。 ???????????。Paragon: Expands the basic functionality of the .NET Framework. It takes into consider basic defensive coding practices and reduces the common coding tasks.Project Unity: Research and EUA, spamming across the Halo-AA and Blam Game Engines, developed by Bungie LLC. This Project is NOT endorsed/supported by Bungie, Gearbox, Microsogy Game Studios In any way.Rabbit Framework: A lightweight framework for building dynamic web sites using ASP.NET Web Pages.ScrollableList: Just to make the project looking betterSharePoint Kerberos Buddy: The SharePoint Kerberos Buddy provides an intelligent client application that examines a mixed tier SharePoint environment locating commonly misconfigured Kerberos configuration elements. The application can detect errors on SharePoint, SSAS, SSRS, and on the client.SMI 2.0: This project is the creation of the next generation of the SMI app (previously written in VB6).SPChainGang: SPChainGang is a custom application aimed to simplify scanning, reporting, and fixing broken links in a SharePoint 2007 or SharePoint 2010 farm. SPProperties: SPProperties is a console app (command-line) that allows listing all properties of an SPWeb (property bag) and adding or updating properties. Relates to SharePoint site properties.State Machine DSL: State Machine DSL is extension to Visual Studio 2010 to provide simple and visualized way of programming state machines. It uses T4 Text Templates for code generation.tBrowser: Browser based on the IEuMoveDocType: uMoveDocType attempts to intelligently move your selected Umbraco Doc Type to a new parent.Virtual 8085: Virtual 8085 is a tool which enables students to run programs written in 8085 assembly language on a personal computer instead of a microprocessor kit. Virtual 8085 do not actually simulate the real hardware of Intel 8085, but it interprets the 8085 assembly language programs.WinAppTranslate: WinAppTranslate or WAT, Helps Visual Studio Programmers to translate Windows Applications. It is not based on the framework localization program… and it is a console application to run via VS post builds ????: ??????

    Read the article

  • Virtual host is not working in Ubuntu 14 VPS using XAMPP 1.8.3

    - by viral4ever
    I am using XAMPP as server in ubuntu 14.04 VPS of digitalocean. I tried to setup virtual hosts. But it is not working and I am getting 403 error of access denied. I changed files too. My files with changes are /opt/lampp/etc/httpd.conf # # This is the main Apache HTTP server configuration file. It contains the # configuration directives that give the server its instructions. # See <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/trunk/> for detailed information. # In particular, see # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/trunk/mod/directives.html> # for a discussion of each configuration directive. # # Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding # what they do. They're here only as hints or reminders. If you are unsure # consult the online docs. You have been warned. # # Configuration and logfile names: If the filenames you specify for many # of the server's control files begin with "/" (or "drive:/" for Win32), the # server will use that explicit path. If the filenames do *not* begin # with "/", the value of ServerRoot is prepended -- so 'log/access_log' # with ServerRoot set to '/www' will be interpreted by the # server as '/www/log/access_log', where as '/log/access_log' will be # interpreted as '/log/access_log'. # # ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's # configuration, error, and log files are kept. # # Do not add a slash at the end of the directory path. If you point # ServerRoot at a non-local disk, be sure to specify a local disk on the # Mutex directive, if file-based mutexes are used. If you wish to share the # same ServerRoot for multiple httpd daemons, you will need to change at # least PidFile. # ServerRoot "/opt/lampp" # # Mutex: Allows you to set the mutex mechanism and mutex file directory # for individual mutexes, or change the global defaults # # Uncomment and change the directory if mutexes are file-based and the default # mutex file directory is not on a local disk or is not appropriate for some # other reason. # # Mutex default:logs # # Listen: Allows you to bind Apache to specific IP addresses and/or # ports, instead of the default. See also the <VirtualHost> # directive. # # Change this to Listen on specific IP addresses as shown below to # prevent Apache from glomming onto all bound IP addresses. # #Listen 12.34.56.78:80 Listen 80 # # Dynamic Shared Object (DSO) Support # # To be able to use the functionality of a module which was built as a DSO you # have to place corresponding `LoadModule' lines at this location so the # directives contained in it are actually available _before_ they are used. # Statically compiled modules (those listed by `httpd -l') do not need # to be loaded here. # # Example: # LoadModule foo_module modules/mod_foo.so # LoadModule authn_file_module modules/mod_authn_file.so LoadModule authn_dbm_module modules/mod_authn_dbm.so LoadModule authn_anon_module modules/mod_authn_anon.so LoadModule authn_dbd_module modules/mod_authn_dbd.so LoadModule authn_socache_module modules/mod_authn_socache.so LoadModule authn_core_module modules/mod_authn_core.so LoadModule authz_host_module modules/mod_authz_host.so LoadModule authz_groupfile_module modules/mod_authz_groupfile.so LoadModule authz_user_module modules/mod_authz_user.so LoadModule authz_dbm_module modules/mod_authz_dbm.so LoadModule authz_owner_module modules/mod_authz_owner.so LoadModule authz_dbd_module modules/mod_authz_dbd.so LoadModule authz_core_module modules/mod_authz_core.so LoadModule authnz_ldap_module modules/mod_authnz_ldap.so LoadModule access_compat_module modules/mod_access_compat.so LoadModule auth_basic_module modules/mod_auth_basic.so LoadModule auth_form_module modules/mod_auth_form.so LoadModule auth_digest_module modules/mod_auth_digest.so LoadModule allowmethods_module modules/mod_allowmethods.so LoadModule file_cache_module modules/mod_file_cache.so LoadModule cache_module modules/mod_cache.so LoadModule cache_disk_module modules/mod_cache_disk.so LoadModule socache_shmcb_module modules/mod_socache_shmcb.so LoadModule socache_dbm_module modules/mod_socache_dbm.so LoadModule socache_memcache_module modules/mod_socache_memcache.so LoadModule dbd_module modules/mod_dbd.so LoadModule bucketeer_module modules/mod_bucketeer.so LoadModule dumpio_module modules/mod_dumpio.so LoadModule echo_module modules/mod_echo.so LoadModule case_filter_module modules/mod_case_filter.so LoadModule case_filter_in_module modules/mod_case_filter_in.so LoadModule buffer_module modules/mod_buffer.so LoadModule ratelimit_module modules/mod_ratelimit.so LoadModule reqtimeout_module modules/mod_reqtimeout.so LoadModule ext_filter_module modules/mod_ext_filter.so LoadModule request_module modules/mod_request.so LoadModule include_module modules/mod_include.so LoadModule filter_module modules/mod_filter.so LoadModule substitute_module modules/mod_substitute.so LoadModule sed_module modules/mod_sed.so LoadModule charset_lite_module modules/mod_charset_lite.so LoadModule deflate_module modules/mod_deflate.so LoadModule mime_module modules/mod_mime.so LoadModule ldap_module modules/mod_ldap.so LoadModule log_config_module modules/mod_log_config.so LoadModule log_debug_module modules/mod_log_debug.so LoadModule logio_module modules/mod_logio.so LoadModule env_module modules/mod_env.so LoadModule mime_magic_module modules/mod_mime_magic.so LoadModule cern_meta_module modules/mod_cern_meta.so LoadModule expires_module modules/mod_expires.so LoadModule headers_module modules/mod_headers.so LoadModule usertrack_module modules/mod_usertrack.so LoadModule unique_id_module modules/mod_unique_id.so LoadModule setenvif_module modules/mod_setenvif.so LoadModule version_module modules/mod_version.so LoadModule remoteip_module modules/mod_remoteip.so LoadModule proxy_module modules/mod_proxy.so LoadModule proxy_connect_module modules/mod_proxy_connect.so LoadModule proxy_ftp_module modules/mod_proxy_ftp.so LoadModule proxy_http_module modules/mod_proxy_http.so LoadModule proxy_fcgi_module modules/mod_proxy_fcgi.so LoadModule proxy_scgi_module modules/mod_proxy_scgi.so LoadModule proxy_ajp_module modules/mod_proxy_ajp.so LoadModule proxy_balancer_module modules/mod_proxy_balancer.so LoadModule proxy_express_module modules/mod_proxy_express.so LoadModule session_module modules/mod_session.so LoadModule session_cookie_module modules/mod_session_cookie.so LoadModule session_dbd_module modules/mod_session_dbd.so LoadModule slotmem_shm_module modules/mod_slotmem_shm.so LoadModule ssl_module modules/mod_ssl.so LoadModule lbmethod_byrequests_module modules/mod_lbmethod_byrequests.so LoadModule lbmethod_bytraffic_module modules/mod_lbmethod_bytraffic.so LoadModule lbmethod_bybusyness_module modules/mod_lbmethod_bybusyness.so LoadModule lbmethod_heartbeat_module modules/mod_lbmethod_heartbeat.so LoadModule unixd_module modules/mod_unixd.so LoadModule dav_module modules/mod_dav.so LoadModule status_module modules/mod_status.so LoadModule autoindex_module modules/mod_autoindex.so LoadModule info_module modules/mod_info.so LoadModule suexec_module modules/mod_suexec.so LoadModule cgi_module modules/mod_cgi.so LoadModule cgid_module modules/mod_cgid.so LoadModule dav_fs_module modules/mod_dav_fs.so LoadModule vhost_alias_module modules/mod_vhost_alias.so LoadModule negotiation_module modules/mod_negotiation.so LoadModule dir_module modules/mod_dir.so LoadModule actions_module modules/mod_actions.so LoadModule speling_module modules/mod_speling.so LoadModule userdir_module modules/mod_userdir.so LoadModule alias_module modules/mod_alias.so LoadModule rewrite_module modules/mod_rewrite.so <IfDefine JUSTTOMAKEAPXSHAPPY> LoadModule php4_module modules/libphp4.so LoadModule php5_module modules/libphp5.so </IfDefine> <IfModule unixd_module> # # If you wish httpd to run as a different user or group, you must run # httpd as root initially and it will switch. # # User/Group: The name (or #number) of the user/group to run httpd as. # It is usually good practice to create a dedicated user and group for # running httpd, as with most system services. # User root Group www </IfModule> # 'Main' server configuration # # The directives in this section set up the values used by the 'main' # server, which responds to any requests that aren't handled by a # <VirtualHost> definition. These values also provide defaults for # any <VirtualHost> containers you may define later in the file. # # All of these directives may appear inside <VirtualHost> containers, # in which case these default settings will be overridden for the # virtual host being defined. # # # ServerAdmin: Your address, where problems with the server should be # e-mailed. This address appears on some server-generated pages, such # as error documents. e.g. [email protected] # ServerAdmin [email protected] # # ServerName gives the name and port that the server uses to identify itself. # This can often be determined automatically, but we recommend you specify # it explicitly to prevent problems during startup. # # If your host doesn't have a registered DNS name, enter its IP address here. # #ServerName www.example.com:@@Port@@ # XAMPP ServerName localhost # # Deny access to the entirety of your server's filesystem. You must # explicitly permit access to web content directories in other # <Directory> blocks below. # <Directory /> AllowOverride none Require all denied </Directory> # # Note that from this point forward you must specifically allow # particular features to be enabled - so if something's not working as # you might expect, make sure that you have specifically enabled it # below. # # # DocumentRoot: The directory out of which you will serve your # documents. By default, all requests are taken from this directory, but # symbolic links and aliases may be used to point to other locations. # DocumentRoot "/opt/lampp/htdocs" <Directory "/opt/lampp/htdocs"> # # Possible values for the Options directive are "None", "All", # or any combination of: # Indexes Includes FollowSymLinks SymLinksifOwnerMatch ExecCGI MultiViews # # Note that "MultiViews" must be named *explicitly* --- "Options All" # doesn't give it to you. # # The Options directive is both complicated and important. Please see # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/trunk/mod/core.html#options # for more information. # #Options Indexes FollowSymLinks # XAMPP Options Indexes FollowSymLinks ExecCGI Includes # # AllowOverride controls what directives may be placed in .htaccess files. # It can be "All", "None", or any combination of the keywords: # Options FileInfo AuthConfig Limit # #AllowOverride None # since XAMPP 1.4: AllowOverride All # # Controls who can get stuff from this server. # Require all granted </Directory> # # DirectoryIndex: sets the file that Apache will serve if a directory # is requested. # <IfModule dir_module> #DirectoryIndex index.html # XAMPP DirectoryIndex index.html index.html.var index.php index.php3 index.php4 </IfModule> # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <Files ".ht*"> Require all denied </Files> # # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog "logs/error_log" # # LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. # LogLevel warn <IfModule log_config_module> # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common <IfModule logio_module> # You need to enable mod_logio.c to use %I and %O LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\" %I %O" combinedio </IfModule> # # The location and format of the access logfile (Common Logfile Format). # If you do not define any access logfiles within a <VirtualHost> # container, they will be logged here. Contrariwise, if you *do* # define per-<VirtualHost> access logfiles, transactions will be # logged therein and *not* in this file. # CustomLog "logs/access_log" common # # If you prefer a logfile with access, agent, and referer information # (Combined Logfile Format) you can use the following directive. # #CustomLog "logs/access_log" combined </IfModule> <IfModule alias_module> # # Redirect: Allows you to tell clients about documents that used to # exist in your server's namespace, but do not anymore. The client # will make a new request for the document at its new location. # Example: # Redirect permanent /foo http://www.example.com/bar # # Alias: Maps web paths into filesystem paths and is used to # access content that does not live under the DocumentRoot. # Example: # Alias /webpath /full/filesystem/path # # If you include a trailing / on /webpath then the server will # require it to be present in the URL. You will also likely # need to provide a <Directory> section to allow access to # the filesystem path. # # ScriptAlias: This controls which directories contain server scripts. # ScriptAliases are essentially the same as Aliases, except that # documents in the target directory are treated as applications and # run by the server when requested rather than as documents sent to the # client. The same rules about trailing "/" apply to ScriptAlias # directives as to Alias. # ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ "/opt/lampp/cgi-bin/" </IfModule> <IfModule cgid_module> # # ScriptSock: On threaded servers, designate the path to the UNIX # socket used to communicate with the CGI daemon of mod_cgid. # #Scriptsock logs/cgisock </IfModule> # # "/opt/lampp/cgi-bin" should be changed to whatever your ScriptAliased # CGI directory exists, if you have that configured. # <Directory "/opt/lampp/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options None Require all granted </Directory> <IfModule mime_module> # # TypesConfig points to the file containing the list of mappings from # filename extension to MIME-type. # TypesConfig etc/mime.types # # AddType allows you to add to or override the MIME configuration # file specified in TypesConfig for specific file types. # #AddType application/x-gzip .tgz # # AddEncoding allows you to have certain browsers uncompress # information on the fly. Note: Not all browsers support this. # #AddEncoding x-compress .Z #AddEncoding x-gzip .gz .tgz # # If the AddEncoding directives above are commented-out, then you # probably should define those extensions to indicate media types: # AddType application/x-compress .Z AddType application/x-gzip .gz .tgz # # AddHandler allows you to map certain file extensions to "handlers": # actions unrelated to filetype. These can be either built into the server # or added with the Action directive (see below) # # To use CGI scripts outside of ScriptAliased directories: # (You will also need to add "ExecCGI" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddHandler cgi-script .cgi # XAMPP, since LAMPP 0.9.8: AddHandler cgi-script .cgi .pl # For type maps (negotiated resources): #AddHandler type-map var # # Filters allow you to process content before it is sent to the client. # # To parse .shtml files for server-side includes (SSI): # (You will also need to add "Includes" to the "Options" directive.) # # XAMPP AddType text/html .shtml AddOutputFilter INCLUDES .shtml </IfModule> # # The mod_mime_magic module allows the server to use various hints from the # contents of the file itself to determine its type. The MIMEMagicFile # directive tells the module where the hint definitions are located. # #MIMEMagicFile etc/magic # # Customizable error responses come in three flavors: # 1) plain text 2) local redirects 3) external redirects # # Some examples: #ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo." #ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html #ErrorDocument 404 "/cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl" #ErrorDocument 402 http://www.example.com/subscription_info.html # # # MaxRanges: Maximum number of Ranges in a request before # returning the entire resource, or one of the special # values 'default', 'none' or 'unlimited'. # Default setting is to accept 200 Ranges. #MaxRanges unlimited # # EnableMMAP and EnableSendfile: On systems that support it, # memory-mapping or the sendfile syscall may be used to deliver # files. This usually improves server performance, but must # be turned off when serving from networked-mounted # filesystems or if support for these functions is otherwise # broken on your system. # Defaults: EnableMMAP On, EnableSendfile Off # EnableMMAP off EnableSendfile off # Supplemental configuration # # The configuration files in the etc/extra/ directory can be # included to add extra features or to modify the default configuration of # the server, or you may simply copy their contents here and change as # necessary. # Server-pool management (MPM specific) #Include etc/extra/httpd-mpm.conf # Multi-language error messages Include etc/extra/httpd-multilang-errordoc.conf # Fancy directory listings Include etc/extra/httpd-autoindex.conf # Language settings #Include etc/extra/httpd-languages.conf # User home directories #Include etc/extra/httpd-userdir.conf # Real-time info on requests and configuration #Include etc/extra/httpd-info.conf # Virtual hosts Include etc/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf # Local access to the Apache HTTP Server Manual #Include etc/extra/httpd-manual.conf # Distributed authoring and versioning (WebDAV) #Include etc/extra/httpd-dav.conf # Various default settings Include etc/extra/httpd-default.conf # Configure mod_proxy_html to understand HTML4/XHTML1 <IfModule proxy_html_module> Include etc/extra/proxy-html.conf </IfModule> # Secure (SSL/TLS) connections <IfModule ssl_module> # XAMPP <IfDefine SSL> Include etc/extra/httpd-ssl.conf </IfDefine> </IfModule> # # Note: The following must must be present to support # starting without SSL on platforms with no /dev/random equivalent # but a statically compiled-in mod_ssl. # <IfModule ssl_module> SSLRandomSeed startup builtin SSLRandomSeed connect builtin </IfModule> # XAMPP Include etc/extra/httpd-xampp.conf Include "/opt/lampp/apache2/conf/httpd.conf" I used command shown in this example. I used below lines to change and add group Add group "groupadd www" Add user to group "usermod -aG www root" Change htdocs group "chgrp -R www /opt/lampp/htdocs" Change sitedir group "chgrp -R www /opt/lampp/htdocs/mysite" Change htdocs chmod "chmod 2775 /opt/lampp/htdocs" Change sitedir chmod "chmod 2775 /opt/lampp/htdocs/mysite" And then I changed my vhosts.conf file # Virtual Hosts # # Required modules: mod_log_config # If you want to maintain multiple domains/hostnames on your # machine you can setup VirtualHost containers for them. Most configurations # use only name-based virtual hosts so the server doesn't need to worry about # IP addresses. This is indicated by the asterisks in the directives below. # # Please see the documentation at # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.4/vhosts/> # for further details before you try to setup virtual hosts. # # You may use the command line option '-S' to verify your virtual host # configuration. # # VirtualHost example: # Almost any Apache directive may go into a VirtualHost container. # The first VirtualHost section is used for all requests that do not # match a ServerName or ServerAlias in any <VirtualHost> block. # <VirtualHost *:80> ServerAdmin [email protected] DocumentRoot "/opt/lampp/docs/dummy-host.example.com" ServerName dummy-host.example.com ServerAlias www.dummy-host.example.com ErrorLog "logs/dummy-host.example.com-error_log" CustomLog "logs/dummy-host.example.com-access_log" common </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost *:80> ServerAdmin [email protected] DocumentRoot "/opt/lampp/docs/dummy-host2.example.com" ServerName dummy-host2.example.com ErrorLog "logs/dummy-host2.example.com-error_log" CustomLog "logs/dummy-host2.example.com-access_log" common </VirtualHost> NameVirtualHost * <VirtualHost *> ServerAdmin [email protected] DocumentRoot "/opt/lampp/htdocs/mysite" ServerName mysite.com ServerAlias mysite.com ErrorLog "/opt/lampp/htdocs/mysite/errorlogs" CustomLog "/opt/lampp/htdocs/mysite/customlog" common <Directory "/opt/lampp/htdocs/mysite"> Options Indexes FollowSymLinks Includes ExecCGI AllowOverride All Order Allow,Deny Allow from all Require all granted </Directory> </VirtualHost> but still its not working and I am getting 403 error on my ip and domain however I can access phpmyadmin. If anyone can help me, please help me.

    Read the article

  • 7u10: JavaFX packaging tools update

    - by igor
    Last weeks were very busy here in Oracle. JavaOne 2012 is next week. Come to see us there! Meanwhile i'd like to quickly update you on recent developments in the area of packaging tools. This is an area of ongoing development for the team, and we are  continuing to refine and improve both the tools and the process. Thanks to everyone who shared experiences and suggestions with us. We are listening and fixed many of reported issues. Please keep them coming as comments on the blog or (even better) file issues directly to the JIRA. In this post i'll focus on several new packaging features added in JDK 7 update 10: Self-Contained Applications: Select Java Runtime to bundle Self-Contained Applications: Create Package without Java Runtime Self-Contained Applications: Package non-JavaFX application Option to disable proxy setup in the JavaFX launcher Ability to specify codebase for WebStart application Option to update existing jar file Self-Contained Applications: Specify application icon Self-Contained Applications: Pass parameters on the command line All these features and number of other important bug fixes are available in the developer preview builds of JDK 7 update 10 (build 8 or later). Please give them a try and share your feedback! Self-Contained Applications: Select Java Runtime to bundle Packager tools in 7u6 assume current JDK (based on java.home property) is the source for embedded runtime. This is useful simplification for many scenarios but there are cases where ability to specify what to embed explicitly is handy. For example IDE may be using fixed JDK to build the project and this is not the version you want to bundle into your application. To make it more flexible we now allow to specify location of base JDK explicitly. It is optional and if you do not specify it then current JDK will be used (i.e. this change is fully backward compatible). New 'basedir' attribute was added to <fx:platform> tag. Its value is location of JDK to be used. It is ok to point to either JRE inside the JDK or JDK top level folder. However, it must be JDK and not JRE as we need other JDK tools for proper packaging and it must be recent version of JDK that is bundled with JavaFX (i.e. Java 7 update 6 or later). Here are examples (<fx:platform> is part of <fx:deploy> task): <fx:platform basedir="${java.home}"/> <fx:platform basedir="c:\tools\jdk7"/> Hint: this feature enables you to use packaging tools from JDK 7 update 10 (and benefit from bug fixes and other features described below) to create application package with bundled FCS version of JRE 7 update 6. Self-Contained Applications: Create Package without Java Runtime This may sound a bit puzzling at first glance. Package without embedded Java Runtime is not really self-contained and obviously will not help with: Deployment on fresh systems. JRE need to be installed separately (and this step will require admin permissions). Possible compatibility issues due to updates of system runtime. However, these packages are much much smaller in size. If download size matters and you are confident that user have recommended system JRE installed then this may be good option to consider if you want to improve user experience for install and launch. Technically, this is implemented as an extension of previous feature. Pass empty string as value for 'basedir' attribute and this will be treated as request to not bundle Java runtime, e.g. <fx:platform basedir=""/> Self-Contained Applications: Package non-JavaFX application One of popular questions people ask about self-contained applications - can i package my Java application as self-contained application? Absolutely. This is true even for tools shipped with JDK 7 update 6. Simply follow steps for creating package for Swing application with integrated JavaFX content and they will work even if your application does not use JavaFX. What's wrong with it? Well, there are few caveats: bundle size is larger because JavaFX is bundled whilst it is not really needed main application jar needs to be packaged to comply to JavaFX packaging requirements(and this may be not trivial to achieve in your existing build scripts) javafx application launcher may not work well with startup logic of your application (for example launcher will initialize networking stack and this may void custom networking settings in your application code) In JDK 7 update 6 <fx:deploy> was updated to accept arbitrary executable jar as an input. Self-contained application package will be created preserving input jar as-is, i.e. no JavaFX launcher will be embedded. This does not help with first point above but resolves other two. More formally following assertions must be true for packaging to succeed: application can be launched as "java -jar YourApp.jar" from the command line  mainClass attribute of <fx:application> refers to application main class <fx:resources> lists all resources needed for the application To give you an example lets assume we need to create a bundle for application consisting of 3 jars:     dist/javamain.jar     dist/lib/somelib.jar    dist/morelibs/anotherlib.jar where javamain.jar has manifest with      Main-Class: app.Main     Class-Path: lib/somelib.jar morelibs/anotherlib.jar Here is sample ant code to package it: <target name="package-bundle"> <taskdef resource="com/sun/javafx/tools/ant/antlib.xml" uri="javafx:com.sun.javafx.tools.ant" classpath="${javafx.tools.ant.jar}"/> <fx:deploy nativeBundles="all" width="100" height="100" outdir="native-packages/" outfile="MyJavaApp"> <info title="Sample project" vendor="Me" description="Test built from Java executable jar"/> <fx:application id="myapp" version="1.0" mainClass="app.Main" name="MyJavaApp"/> <fx:resources> <fx:fileset dir="dist"> <include name="javamain.jar"/> <include name="lib/somelib.jar"/> <include name="morelibs/anotherlib.jar"/> </fx:fileset> </fx:resources> </fx:deploy> </target> Option to disable proxy setup in the JavaFX launcher Since JavaFX 2.2 (part of JDK 7u6) properly packaged JavaFX applications  have proxy settings initialized according to Java Runtime configuration settings. This is handy for most of the application accessing network with one exception. If your application explicitly sets networking properties (e.g. socksProxyHost) then they must be set before networking stack is initialized. Proxy detection will initialize networking stack and therefore your custom settings will be ignored. One way to disable proxy setup by the embedded JavaFX launcher is to pass "-Djavafx.autoproxy.disable=true" on the command line. This is good for troubleshooting (proxy detection may cause significant startup time increases if network is misconfigured) but not really user friendly. Now proxy setup will be disabled if manifest of main application jar has "JavaFX-Feature-Proxy" entry with value "None". Here is simple example of adding this entry using <fx:jar> task: <fx:jar destfile="dist/sampleapp.jar"> <fx:application refid="myapp"/> <fx:resources refid="myresources"/> <fileset dir="build/classes"/> <manifest> <attribute name="JavaFX-Feature-Proxy" value="None"/> </manifest> </fx:jar> Ability to specify codebase for WebStart application JavaFX applications do not need to specify codebase (i.e. absolute location where application code will be deployed) for most of real world deployment scenarios. This is convenient as application does not need to be modified when it is moved from development to deployment environment. However, some developers want to ensure copies of their application JNLP file will redirect to master location. This is where codebase is needed. To avoid need to edit JNLP file manually <fx:deploy> task now accepts optional codebase attribute. If attribute is not specified packager will generate same no-codebase files as before. If codebase value is explicitly specified then generated JNLP files (including JNLP content embedded into web page) will use it.  Here is an example: <fx:deploy width="600" height="400" outdir="Samples" codebase="http://localhost/codebaseTest" outfile="TestApp"> .... </fx:deploy> Option to update existing jar file JavaFX packaging procedures are optimized for new application that can use ant or command line javafxpackager utility. This may lead to some redundant steps when you add it to your existing build process. One typical situation is that you might already have a build procedure that produces executable jar file with custom manifest. To properly package it as JavaFX executable jar you would need to unpack it and then use javafxpackager or <fx:jar> to create jar again (and you need to make sure you pass all important details from your custom manifest). We added option to pass jar file as an input to javafxpackager and <fx:jar>. This simplifies integration of JavaFX packaging tools into existing build  process as postprocessing step. By the way, we are looking for ways to simplify this further. Please share your suggestions! On the technical side this works as follows. Both <fx:jar> and javafxpackager will attempt to update existing jar file if this is the only input file. Update process will add JavaFX launcher classes and update the jar manifest with JavaFX attributes. Your custom attributes will be preserved. Update could be performed in place or result may be saved to a different file. Main-Class and Class-Path elements (if present) of manifest of input jar file will be used for JavaFX application  unless they are explicitly overriden in the packaging command you use. E.g. attribute mainClass of <fx:application> (or -appclass in the javafxpackager case) overrides existing Main-Class in the jar manifest. Note that class specified in the Main-Class attribute could either extend JavaFX Application or provide static main() method. Here are examples of updating jar file using javafxpackager: Create new JavaFX executable jar as a copy of given jar file javafxpackager -createjar -srcdir dist -srcfiles fish_proto.jar -outdir dist -outfile fish.jar  Update existing jar file to be JavaFX executable jar and use test.Fish as main application class javafxpackager -createjar -srcdir dist -appclass test.Fish -srcfiles fish.jar -outdir dist -outfile fish.jar  And here is example of using <fx:jar> to create new JavaFX executable jar from the existing fish_proto.jar: <fx:jar destfile="dist/fish.jar"> <fileset dir="dist"> <include name="fish_proto.jar"/> </fileset> </fx:jar> Self-Contained Applications: Specify application icon The only way to specify application icon for self-contained application using tools in JDK 7 update 6 is to use drop-in resources. Now this bug is resolved and you can also specify icon using <fx:icon> tag. Here is an example: <fx:deploy ...> <fx:info> <fx:icon href="default.png"/> </fx:info> ... </fx:deploy> Few things to keep in mind: Only default kind of icon is applicable to self-contained applications (as of now) Icon should follow platform specific rules for sizes and image format (e.g. .ico on Windows and .icns on Mac) Self-Contained Applications: Pass parameters on the command line JavaFX applications support two types of application parameters: named and unnamed (see the API for Application.Parameters). Static named parameters can be added to the application package using <fx:param> and unnamed parameters can be added using <fx:argument>. They are applicable to all execution modes including standalone applications. It is also possible to pass parameters to a JavaFX application from a Web page that hosts it, using <fx:htmlParam>.  Prior to JavaFX 2.2, this was only supported for embedded applications. Starting from JavaFX 2.2, <fx:htmlParam> is applicable to Web Start applications also. See JavaFX deployment guide for more details on this. However, there was no way to pass dynamic parameters to the self-contained application. This has been improved and now native launchers will  delegate parameters from command line to the application code. I.e. to pass parameter to the application you simply need to run it as "myapp.exe somevalue" and then use getParameters().getUnnamed().get(0) to get "somevalue".

    Read the article

  • CodePlex Daily Summary for Sunday, April 01, 2012

    CodePlex Daily Summary for Sunday, April 01, 2012Popular Releasesxyzzy+: April 1, 2012: SHA1: 6a07f0ed8d8006f26936a5bb45cf85405d8de8a4 WarningThis release is not for daily use, just for fun. keymaps are broken. (For example, C-g, #\TAB and #\RET will not work in minibuffer) dialogs are completely broken. Usual xyzzy+class lisp_object; typedef lisp_object *lisp; lsymbol *p = ldata <lsymbol, Tsymbol>::alloc (); Today's xyzzy+ref class lisp_object; typedef lisp_object ^lisp; lsymbol ^p = gcnew lsymbol (Tsymbol); PrerequisitesMicrosoft Visual C++ 2010 SP1 Redistributable Pack...VidCoder: 1.3.2: Added option for the minimum title length to scan. Added support to enable or disable LibDVDNav. Added option to prompt to delete source files after clearing successful completed items. Added option to disable remembering recent files and folders. Tweaked number box to only select all on a quick click.MJP's DirectX 11 Samples: Light Indexed Deferred Rendering: Implements light indexed deferred using per-tile light lists calculated in a compute shader, as well as a traditional deferred renderer that uses a compute shader for per-tile light culling and per-pixel shading.Extended WPF Toolkit: Extended WPF Toolkit - 1.6.0: Want an easier way to install the Extended WPF Toolkit?The Extended WPF Toolkit is available on Nuget. What's in the 1.6.0 Release?BusyIndicator ButtonSpinner Calculator CalculatorUpDown CheckListBox - Breaking Changes CheckComboBox - New Control ChildWindow CollectionEditor CollectionEditorDialog ColorCanvas ColorPicker DateTimePicker DateTimeUpDown DecimalUpDown DoubleUpDown DropDownButton IntegerUpDown Magnifier MaskedTextBox MessageBox MultiLineTex...ScriptIDE: Release 4.4: ...Media Companion: MC 3.434b Release: General This release should be the last beta for 3.4xx. If there are no major problems, by the end of the week it will upgraded to 3.500 Stable! The latest mc_com.exe should be included too! TV Bug fix - crash when using XBMC scraper for TV episodes. Bug fix - episode count update when adding new episodes. Bug fix - crash when actors name was missing. Enhanced TV scrape progress text. Enhancements made to missing episodes display. Movies Bug fix - hide "Play Trailer" when multisaev...Better Explorer: Better Explorer 2.0.0.831 Alpha: - A new release with: - many bugfixes - changed icon - added code for more failsafe registry usage on x64 systems - not needed regfix anymore - added ribbon shortcut keys - Other fixes Note: If you have problems opening system libraries, a suggestion was given to copy all of these libraries and then delete the originals. Thanks to Gaugamela for that! (see discussion here: 349015 ) Note2: I was upload again the setup due to missing file!LINQ Extensions Library: 1.0.2.7: Append and Prepend extensions (1.0.2.7) IndexOf extensions (1.0.2.7) New Align/Match extensions (1.0.2.6) Ready to use stable code with comprehensive unit tests and samples New Pivot extensions New Filter ExtensionsMonoGame - Write Once, Play Everywhere: MonoGame 2.5: The MonoGame team are pleased to announce that MonoGame v2.5 has been released. This release contains important bug fixes, implements optimisations and adds key features. MonoGame now has the capability to use OpenGLES 2.0 on Android and iOS devices, meaning it now supports custom shaders across mobile and desktop platforms. Also included in this release are native orientation animations on iOS devices and better Orientation support for Android. There have also been a lot of bug fixes since t...SQL Server Reporting Services MSBuild Tasks: Beta Release 1.1.15427: This update beta release base on feedback from a user. Also a coding error was corrected. The updates are as follows: Remove Redundant task: CreateDataSubscriptions. Updated CreateSubscriptions To handle both Subscriptions and Data-Driven Subscriptions. Also the change how the CreateSubscriptions works. If the report, for wihch if define for the subscription, already has subscription define then by default all the Subscriptions for that report are not deploy. This can be overr...Circuit Diagram: Circuit Diagram 2.0 Alpha 3: New in this release: Added components: Microcontroller Demultiplexer Flip & rotate components Open XML files from older versions of Circuit Diagram Text formatting for components New CDDX syntax Other fixesUmbraco CMS: Umbraco 5.1 CMS (Beta): Beta build for testing - please report issues at issues.umbraco.org (Latest uploaded: 5.1.0.123) What's new in 5.1? The full list of changes is on our http://progress.umbraco.org task tracking page. It shows items complete for 5.1, and 5.1 includes items for 5.0.1 and 5.0.2 listed there too. Here's two headline acts: Members5.1 adds support for backoffice editing of Members. We support the pairing up of our content type system in Hive with regular ASP.NET Membership providers (we ship a def...51Degrees.mobi - Mobile Device Detection and Redirection: 2.1.2.11: One Click Install from NuGet Changes to Version 2.1.2.11Code Changes 1. The project is now licenced under the Mozilla Public Licence 2. 2. User interface control and associated data access layer classes have been added to aid developers integrating 51Degrees.mobi into wider projects such as content management systems or web hosting management solutions. Use the following in a web form or user control to access these new UI components. <%@ Register Assembly="FiftyOne.Foundation" Namespace="...JSON Toolkit: JSON Toolkit 3.1: slight performance improvement (5% - 10%) new JsonException classPicturethrill: Version 2.3.28.0: Straightforward image selection. New clean UI look. Super stable. Simplified user experience.SQL Monitor - managing sql server performance: SQL Monitor 4.2 alpha 16: 1. finally fixed problem with logic fault checking for temporary table name... I really mean finally ...ScintillaNET: ScintillaNET 2.5: A slew of bug-fixes with a few new features sprinkled in. This release also upgrades the SciLexer and SciLexer64 DLLs to version 3.0.4. The official stuff: Issue # Title 32402 32402 27137 27137 31548 31548 30179 30179 24932 24932 29701 29701 31238 31238 26875 26875 30052 30052 Harness: Harness 2.0.2: change to .NET Framework Client Profile bug fix the download dialog auto answer. bug fix setFocus command. add "SendKeys" command. remove "closeAll" command. minor bugs fixed.BugNET Issue Tracker: BugNET 0.9.161: Below is a list of fixes in this release. Bug BGN-2092 - Link in Email "visit your profile" not functional BGN-2083 - Manager of bugnet can not edit project when it is not public BGN-2080 - clicking on a link in the project summary causes error (0.9.152.0) BGN-2070 - Missing Functionality On Feed.aspx BGN-2069 - Calendar View does not work BGN-2068 - Time tracking totals not ok BGN-2067 - Issues List Page Size Bug: Index was out of range. Must be non-negative and less than the si...YAF.NET (aka Yet Another Forum.NET): v1.9.6.1 RTW: v1.9.6.1 FINAL is .NET v4.0 ONLY v1.9.6.1 has: Performance Improvements .NET v4.0 improvements Improved FaceBook Integration KNOWN ISSUES WITH THIS RELEASE: ON INSTALL PLEASE DON'T CHECK "Upgrade BBCode Extensions...". More complete change list and discussion here: http://forum.yetanotherforum.net/yaf_postst14201_v1-9-6-1-RTW-Dated--3-26-2012.aspxNew Projects.NET Micro Framework - String Extensions: String Extension class library for .NET Micro Framework. This includes basic type conversion from 'byte' to 'string'.AGS: AGSAtlas Engine: Atlas is a game object-component engine using XNA 4 for Windows Phone 7.1. It is currently very early in it's development and is very much a work in progress.Cet Open Toolbox: Public repository for open sources projects brought to you by CET Electronics. Featuring .Net, .Net Micro Framework and several related technologies.ClassM: ClassM is an app that uses Metro Style for Windows 8. This application is intended to facilitate the management of classes taught by a teacher.CommandLineHelp: CommandLineHelp is a framework for simplifying the automated execution of command-line programs and saving their output.Conectayas: Conectayas is an open source "Connect Four" alike game but transformable to "Tic-Tac-Toe" and to a lot of similar games that uses mouse. Written in DHTML (JavaScript, CSS and HTML). Very configurable. This cross-platform and cross-browser game was tested under BeOS, Linux, *BSD, Windows and others.Crudo: CRUDO - The MCG (Model-Controller-Generator) CGF (Code Generation Framework) Visit The Project HomePage: http://adityayadav.com/CRUDO_The_MCG_Model_Controller_Generator_CGF_Code_Generation_Framework.aspx Licenses: 1) GPL v2 2) Commercial (contact us for information)Desafio Dot.Net: Projeto para o Desafio DotNetFurcadia Heimdall Tester: An application that helps Furcadia technicians test the integrity of the game server. It checks for availability of each heimdall, its connectivity to the rest of the system (horton/tribble) and how often it receives a user compared to the rest of them.GS1: D is a 2D game demo written in C++ and using an API : HAPI for the graphic part and the audio part. All the xml files are handled with tinyXML. It is a vertical scrolling shoot'em up where the player controls a dragon flying in Central Park.GS2: In Zombies, you are a wizard, the most powerful wizard in the world, and two days ago, the Devil forces began to attack our world. The only person capable of stopping them is you, this is why the Devil himself came to you and took your powers. You're now alone, without any weaponHeterogeneous Data Centre: The Heterogeneous Data Centre project supersedes the Materials Data Centre, a JISC-funded initiative to build an infrastructure for materials scientists and engineers to publish their experimental data online. The HDC can support data from any discipline, not just engineering.HJJM Adv. Database Project: Advanced database project for Hughes, Johnson, Johnson, and McShannon.Hundiyas: Hundiyas is an open source "Battleship" alike game totally written in DHTML (JavaScript, CSS and HTML) that uses mouse. This cross-platform and cross-browser game was tested under BeOS, Linux, *BSD, Windows and others.IpSpy: IpSpy is a Windows Service Application that checks External IP address and if it changed, IpSpy sends Email with new IP to specified email addressMake calculator in asp.net: create calculator in asp.netMarTech SharePoint Sandboxed Solutions: Microsoft SharePoint 2010 is missing some key functionalities to make sure SharePoint is easy to use. My Sandbox Solutions adds these missing functionalities and makes it easier for consultants to implement the wanted functionalities. By using sandboxed solutions no farm solution has to be installed and every site can have it own solutions. Sandbox solutions gives flexibility to the site administrator without disturbing the farm administrator and security risks.MDS Administration: Master Data Services Administrator. Compare MDS models from the same or different serversmicrostockUploader: Uploads multiple JPEG images with additional files (RAW, EPS) to multiple microstocks. Supports FTP resume. Supports buggy routers which drop FTP connection after some timeout.Min-Mang: A logical game implementation.Multiverse OS: A Cosmos based O.S.N2F Yverdon Database Helper: A class to aid in performing simple database queries within N2F Yverdon. Also provides the capability to store queries for later use.N2F Yverdon Scryle Manager: This extension will provide a way to manage javascript and stylesheet files for inclusion in your templates. Compression, combination and minification are included.OPSM: OPSM Miner & information projectPatternPro Regular Expression Engine: PatternPro RXE is a Regular Expression Engine coded entirely in C# that has some features not offered in the MS implementation. The PatterProRXE project also contains a multi-state text scanner that makes it easy to create multi-state text scanners and parsers.PinBeiWang: PinBeiWangProgram Options: Parse command line optionsrealestateanalytics: Analytics for real estateRegistrationManagement: registration management of our company using asp.netSchool Project 12: SchoolProject12SelfService: Simple self service projectSMVector3: Vector3 class implemented as float array or with SIMD instructions with the same interface so it is transparant whether you decide to use one version or another. You can also change version during the life cycle of the projects.SVNTAGWC - Tag a SVN working copy: SVNTAGWC will help users and configuration managers tag builds of their projects. It will automatically freeze all external revisions and add all unversioned files to a specified copy (or tag).WeiboImage: a weibo image projectweizhi: sina weibo readerWindows Media Autorization: Windows Media Autorizaton PlugIn for windows media 9 WinRtBehaviors: A project for WinRT Attached behaviorswpfPostgres: Started...ZLib: by zapline 278998871@qq.com???????????: ???????? «???????????», ???????????? ? ?????? ?????????????? ??????????? ???????? ?? C#. ???????? ?? C#.

    Read the article

  • CodePlex Daily Summary for Sunday, November 21, 2010

    CodePlex Daily Summary for Sunday, November 21, 2010Popular ReleasesMDownloader: MDownloader-0.15.24.6966: Fixed Updater; Fixed minor bugs;Smith Html Editor: Smith Html Editor V0.75: The first public release.MiniTwitter: 1.59: MiniTwitter 1.59 ???? ?? User Streams ????????????????? ?? ?????????????? ???????? ?????????????.NET Extensions - Extension Methods Library for C# and VB.NET: Release 2011.01: Added new extensions for - object.CountLoopsToNull Added new extensions for DateTime: - DateTime.IsWeekend - DateTime.AddWeeks Added new extensions for string: - string.Repeat - string.IsNumeric - string.ExtractDigits - string.ConcatWith - string.ToGuid - string.ToGuidSave Added new extensions for Exception: - Exception.GetOriginalException Added new extensions for Stream: - Stream.Write (overload) And other new methods ... Release as of dotnetpro 01/2011Code Sample from Microsoft: Visual Studio 2010 Code Samples 2010-11-19: Code samples for Visual Studio 2010Prism Training Kit: Prism Training Kit 4.0: Release NotesThis is an updated version of the Prism training Kit that targets Prism 4.0 and added labs for some of the new features of Prism 4.0. This release consists of a Training Kit with Labs on the following topics Modularity Dependency Injection Bootstrapper UI Composition Communication MEF Navigation Note: Take into account that this is a Beta version. If you find any bugs please report them in the Issue Tracker PrerequisitesVisual Studio 2010 Microsoft Word 2...Free language translator and file converter: Free Language Translator 2.2: Starting with version 2.0, the translator encountered a major redesign that uses MEF based plugins and .net 4.0. I've also fixed some bugs and added support for translating subtitles that can show up in video media players. Version 2.1 shows the context menu 'Translate' in Windows Explorer on right click. Version 2.2 has links to start the media file with its associated subtitle. Download the zip file and expand it in a temporary location on your local disk. At a minimum , you should uninstal...Free Silverlight & WPF Chart Control - Visifire: Visifire SL and WPF Charts v3.6.4 Released: Hi, Today we are releasing Visifire 3.6.4 with few bug fixes: * Multi-line Labels were getting clipped while exploding last DataPoint in Funnel and Pyramid chart. * ClosestPlotDistance property in Axis was not behaving as expected. * In DateTime Axis, Chart threw exception on mouse click over PlotArea if there were no DataPoints present in Chart. * ToolTip was not disappearing while changing the DataSource property of the DataSeries at real-time. * Chart threw exception ...Microsoft SQL Server Product Samples: Database: AdventureWorks 2008R2 SR1: Sample Databases for Microsoft SQL Server 2008R2 (SR1)This release is dedicated to the sample databases that ship for Microsoft SQL Server 2008R2. See Database Prerequisites for SQL Server 2008R2 for feature configurations required for installing the sample databases. See Installing SQL Server 2008R2 Databases for step by step installation instructions. The SR1 release contains minor bug fixes to the installer used to create the sample databases. There are no changes to the databases them...VidCoder: 0.7.2: Fixed duplicated subtitles when running multiple encodes off of the same title.Craig's Utility Library: Craig's Utility Library Code 2.0: This update contains a number of changes, added functionality, and bug fixes: Added transaction support to SQLHelper. Added linked/embedded resource ability to EmailSender. Updated List to take into account new functions. Added better support for MAC address in WMI classes. Fixed Parsing in Reflection class when dealing with sub classes. Fixed bug in SQLHelper when replacing the Command that is a select after doing a select. Fixed issue in SQL Server helper with regard to generati...MFCMAPI: November 2010 Release: Build: 6.0.0.1023 Full release notes at SGriffin's blog. If you just want to run the tool, get the executable. If you want to debug it, get the symbol file and the source. The 64 bit build will only work on a machine with Outlook 2010 64 bit installed. All other machines should use the 32 bit build, regardless of the operating system. Facebook BadgeDotNetNuke® Community Edition: 05.06.00: Major HighlightsAdded automatic portal alias creation for single portal installs Updated the file manager upload page to allow user to upload multiple files without returning to the file manager page. Fixed issue with Event Log Email Notifications. Fixed issue where Telerik HTML Editor was unable to upload files to secure or database folder. Fixed issue where registration page is not set correctly during an upgrade. Fixed issue where Sendmail stripped HTML and Links from emails...mVu Mobile Viewer: mVu Mobile Viewer 0.7.10.0: Tube8 fix.EPPlus-Create advanced Excel 2007 spreadsheets on the server: EPPlus 2.8.0.1: EPPlus-Create advanced Excel 2007 spreadsheets on the serverNew Features Improved chart support Different chart-types series on the same chart Support for secondary axis and a lot of new properties Better styling Encryption and Workbook protection Table support Import csv files Array formulas ...and a lot of bugfixesAutoLoL: AutoLoL v1.4.2: Added support for more clients (French and Russian) Settings are now stored sepperatly for each user on a computer Auto Login is much faster now Auto Login detects and handles caps lock state properly nowTailspinSpyworks - WebForms Sample Application: TailspinSpyworks-v0.9: Contains a number of bug fixes and additional tutorial steps as well as complete database implementation details.ASP.NET MVC Project Awesome (jQuery Ajax helpers): 1.3 and demos: It contains a rich set of helpers (controls) that you can use to build highly responsive and interactive Ajax-enabled Web applications. These helpers include Autocomplete, AjaxDropdown, Lookup, Confirm Dialog, Popup Form and Pager tested on mozilla, safari, chrome, opera, ie 9b/8/7/6 new stuff in 1.3 Autocomplete helper Autocomplete and AjaxDropdown can have parentId and be filled with data depending on the value of the parent PopupForm besides Content("ok") on success can also return J...Nearforums - ASP.NET MVC forum engine: Nearforums v4.1: Version 4.1 of the ASP.NET MVC forum engine, with great improvements: TinyMCE added as visual editor for messages (removed CKEditor). Integrated AntiSamy for cleaner html user post and add more prevention to potential injections. Admin status page: a page for the site admin to check the current status of the configuration / db / etc. View Roadmap for more details.UltimateJB: UltimateJB 2.01 PL3 KakaRoto + PSNYes by EvilSperm: Voici une version attendu avec impatience pour beaucoup : - La Version PSNYes pour pouvoir jouer sur le PSN avec une PS3 Jailbreaker. - Pour l'instant le PSNYes n'est disponible qu'avec les PS3 en firmwares 3.41 !!! - La version PL3 KAKAROTO intégre ses dernières modification et prépare a l'intégration du Firmware 3.30 !!! Conclusion : - UltimateJB PSNYes => Valide l'utilisation du PSN : Uniquement compatible avec les 3.41 - ultimateJB DEFAULT => Pas de PSN mais disponible pour les PS3 sui...New Projects1600hours: 1600hours project made in C++.aoleDownload: Aole Series DownloadBills and Cash Flow: Bills and Cash Flow is a simple multi-tenant application to track bills and view cash flowCUDAagrep: CUDAagrep, a fast CUDA implementation of agrep algorithm for approximate DNA/RNA sequence matching.DNN5 Simple Ticketing Module: This is a simple DNN module that accepts trouble tickets and creates a knowledge base for a company.EntityOH: Dynamic Entities ORMFxcop ASP.NET Security Rules: Fxcop ASP.NET security rules This is a set of code analysis rules aiming at analyzing ASP.NET and ASP.NET MVC security against best practices. The rules can be used by Visual Studio 10 Ultimate or FxCop v10 standalone.Head First Design Patterns - Code Examples in C#: This project consists of ported code examples from the book Head First Design Patterns by Eric and Elizabeth Freeman into C#.HTML5 Media Player (Video / Audio): A .NET implementation of the VideoJS and AudioJS open source projects with video and audio support for HTML5. Excellent for use with iPod, iPad, iPhone, etc.Keyword Auction Simulator: This is the project for simulating the keyword auction like Adwords.mAdcOW Office Add-Ins: A collection of handy Office 2010 add-ins.Manga to Epub: Manga to Epub allow you to convert a bunch of images to a single "epub" file, readable on your reader. It handles most of the image types as well as several archives. You have multiple customization options, such as trimming the images in order to remove white borders.Mapua Career Ramp Up: A joint endeavor with the Philippine IT industry leaders and with Mapua School of Information Technology to build an online collaborative database system to Ramp-Up graduating students on their career as future IT Professionals. minami: Minami is a Project what focuse the work on Stability and Features. Is Development in C++minami-dev: Comes later the Description.Mobile RPG: Mobile RPG is five ATtiny85 microcontrollers playing their own RPG characters with a primary MCU acting as GM. Its a fun exercise in autonomous role playing.NetSnoop: Netsnoop allows everyone to get a quick overview over alle the current connections on their workstation.nGso: GSO algorithm implementation based on http://www.springerlink.com/content/y065470472612847/fulltext.pdf Glowworm swarm optimization for simultaneous capture of multiple local optima of multimodal functions K.N. Krishnanand · D. GhoseOpenID Starter Kit for ASP.NET MVC: OpenID Starter Kit for ASP.NET MVC is used to jump start building your web application with ASP.NET MVC with OpenID login system. It is also a good education resource if you want to learn how to implement OpenID into a ASP.NET MVC.Orchard Contact Us Module: Add a contact us page to your Orchard site using this module.Persian Scheduler and Calendar Control: This is a Jalali (Persian or shamsi) calendar and scheduler control in silverlight. Choosing the name 'Jalali' is in honor of 'Hakim omar khayyam' the founder of Jalali calendar. This is under the lisence of 'Barid New Systems' company.Popfly Metadata Generator: Creates Metadata for New project.PurpleStoat: A modular, extensible Silverlight application shell using Prism, Unity and the Enterprise Library, and written in C#. It includes a WCF service which provides AuthZ and logging services to the shell, which are also available to the modules.QL Config Compare Tool: The QL Config Compare Tool enables you to compare two QuakeLive configs. It creates a detailed overview of the differences and is able to save statistics.SQL PHI Identifier: SQL PHI Identifier is an auditing tool for DBA's in a healthcare environment to be able to help identify which databases/tables might hold protected health information (PHI). Using this information a DBA can then take the necessary steps to secure that data adequately.Sqlite ORM: Sqlite ORM is at present a simple Class to Table mapper for Sqlite databases. Tables are created on demand, and designed to future proof for Sharding. Code has 100% unit test coverage.Test shop: Test shopVarMerger - ??????? ????????? ??? ???????? ????????????.: VarMerger - ?????????? (Add-In) ??? MS Word 2007, ??????? ????????? ??????????? ???????? ???????? ??????? ?? ??????, ?????????? ????????? ?????? ? ??????. Visual Studio Add-In For creating Vista Gadget: The absence of tools in Visual Studio that can help developers to create Vista gadgets is strange and disappointing, in my opinion., I want to show you some tools that can help you to develop Vista gadgets using only Visual Studio 2008 or 2010 IDE.Vocal Remover - VST Plugin: VST Plugin Removes vocal form songs using M/S system trick with EQ on mid signal. source in C++ IDE: Visual Studio 2010 Express Edition LIB: Steinberg VST SDK 2.4Windows Phone 7 To Go: A project with demos for Windows Phone 7 FeaturesWinware: Winware is not only an Entity Framework, but beyond.XTengine: Xtengine makes it easier for XNA developers to develop in a compositional manner. You'll no longer have to write specific game classes with deep hierarchies or hardcode to load levels. It's developed in C# with XNA 4.0, with WP7 in mind.

    Read the article

  • CodePlex Daily Summary for Friday, March 23, 2012

    CodePlex Daily Summary for Friday, March 23, 2012Popular ReleasesSSIS Multiple Hash: Multiple Hash V1.4.1: This is a feature release. It adds the ability to select multiple rows, and change the selection of these with a single click in the check box. All lists with check boxes have this ability. It is backwards compatible with previous versions. Please ensure that you select the appropriate download file based on the version of SQL Server that you will be using. If you have used the Denali installer from V1.4 for packages that you wish to now use the SQL 2012 release version, then you MUST ma...SQL Monitor - managing sql server performance: SQLMon 4.2 alpha 14: 1. improved accuracy of logic fault checking in analysisMetodología General Ajustada - MGA: 02.02.02: Cambios John: Cambios en los cálculos del Flujo de Caja, Flujo Económico y Resumen EF y ES. Se visualiza el reporte de Resumen EF y ES en Grilla. Se ajustan formularios de llamado. Cambios Parmenio: Cambios en el formularios de Programaciòn.MapWindow 6 Desktop GIS: MapWindow 6.1.1: MapWindow 6 Desktop GIS is an open source desktop GIS for Microsoft Windows that is built upon the DotSpatial Library. This release requires .Net 4 (Client Profile). Are you a software developer?Instead of downloading MapWindow for development purposes, get started with with the DotSpatial templateDotSpatial: DotSpatial 1.1: This is a Minor Release. See the changes in the issue tracker. Minimal -- includes DotSpatial core and essential extensions Extended -- includes debugging symbols and additional extensions Just want to run the software? End user (non-programmer) version available branded as MapWindow Want to add your own feature? Develop a plugin, using the template and contribute to the extension feed (you can also write extensions that you distribute in other ways). Components are available as NuGet pa...Telerik CAB Enabling Kit for RadControls for WinForms: TCEK 2012.1.321.20: major update, new Workspaces and UIAdapters Workspaces: - RadDockWorkspace - RadPageViewWorkspace - RadFormWorkspace - RadFormMdiWorkspace - RadTabbedMdiWorkspace UI Adapters: - RadCommandBarUIAdapter - RadRibbonBarUIAdapter - RadTreeNodeUiAdapter - RadTreeViewUIAdapter - RadItemCollectionUIAdapter - (RadMenu, RadStatusStrip, all controls that support RadItem collections)Microsoft All-In-One Code Framework - a centralized code sample library: C++, .NET Coding Guideline: Microsoft All-In-One Code Framework Coding Guideline This document describes the coding style guideline for native C++ and .NET (C# and VB.NET) programming used by the Microsoft All-In-One Code Framework project team.WebDAV for WHS: Version 1.0.67: - Added: Check whether the Remote Web Access is turned on or not; - Added: Check for Add-In updates;Phalanger - The PHP Language Compiler for the .NET Framework: 3.0 (March 2012) for .NET 4.0: March release of Phalanger 3.0 significantly enhances performance, adds new features and fixes many issues. See following for the list of main improvements: New features: Phalanger Tools installable for Visual Studio 2011 Beta "filter" extension with several most used filters implemented DomDocument HTML parser, loadHTML() method mail() PHP compatible function PHP 5.4 T_CALLABLE token PHP 5.4 "callable" type hint PCRE: UTF32 characters in range support configuration supports <c...Nearforums - ASP.NET MVC forum engine: Nearforums v8.0: Version 8.0 of Nearforums, the ASP.NET MVC Forum Engine, containing new features: Internationalization Custom authentication provider Access control list for forums and threads Webdeploy package checksum: abc62990189cf0d488ef915d4a55e4b14169bc01 Visit Roadmap for more details.BIDS Helper: BIDS Helper 1.6: This beta release is the first to support SQL Server 2012 (in addition to SQL Server 2005, 2008, and 2008 R2). Since it is marked as a beta release, we are looking for bug reports in the next few months as you use BIDS Helper on real projects. In addition to getting all existing BIDS Helper functionality working appropriately in SQL Server 2012 (SSDT), the following features are new... Analysis Services Tabular Smart Diff Tabular Actions Editor Tabular HideMemberIf Tabular Pre-Build ...Json.NET: Json.NET 4.5 Release 1: New feature - Windows 8 Metro build New feature - JsonTextReader automatically reads ISO strings as dates New feature - Added DateFormatHandling to control whether dates are written in the MS format or ISO format, with ISO as the default New feature - Added DateTimeZoneHandling to control reading and writing DateTime time zone details New feature - Added async serialize/deserialize methods to JsonConvert New feature - Added Path to JsonReader/JsonWriter/ErrorContext and exceptions w...SCCM Client Actions Tool: SCCM Client Actions Tool v1.11: SCCM Client Actions Tool v1.11 is the latest version. It comes with following changes since last version: Fixed a bug when ping and cmd.exe kept running in endless loop after action progress was finished. Fixed update checking from Codeplex RSS feed. The tool is downloadable as a ZIP file that contains four files: ClientActionsTool.hta – The tool itself. Cmdkey.exe – command line tool for managing cached credentials. This is needed for alternate credentials feature when running the HTA...WebSocket4Net: WebSocket4Net 0.5: Changes in this release fixed the wss's default port bug improved JsonWebSocket supported set client access policy protocol for silverlight fixed a handshake issue in Silverlight fixed a bug that "Host" field in handshake hadn't contained port if the port is not default supported passing in Origin parameter for handshaking supported reacting pings from server side fixed a bug in data sending fixed the bug sending a closing handshake with no message which would cause an excepti...SuperWebSocket, a .NET WebSocket Server: SuperWebSocket 0.5: Changes included in this release: supported closing handshake queue checking improved JSON subprotocol supported sending ping from server to client fixed a bug about sending a closing handshake with no message refactored the code to improve protocol compatibility fixed a bug about sub protocol configuration loading in Mono improved BasicSubProtocol added JsonWebSocketSessionSurvey™ - web survey & form engine: Survey™ 2.0: The new stable Survey™ Project 2.0.0.1 version contains many new features like: Technical changes: - Use of Jquery, ASTreeview, Tabs, Tooltips and new menuprovider Features & Bugfixes: Survey list and search function Folder structure for surveys New Menustructure Library list New Library fields User list and search functions Layout options for a survey with CSS, page header and footer New IP filter security feature Enhanced Token Management New Question fields as ID, Alias...Speed up Printer migration using PrintBrm and it's configuration files: BRMC.EXE: Run the tool from the extracted directory of the printbrm backup. You can use the following command to extract a backup file to a directory - PRINTBRM.EXE -R -D C:\TEMP\EXPAND -F C:\TEMP\PRINTERBACKUP.PRINTEREXPORTAppBarUtils for Windows Phone SDK 7.1: AppBarUtils 1.2: This release contains IconUri dependency property for both AppBarItemCommand and AppBarItemTrigger as requested by shawnoster at http://appbarutils.codeplex.com/discussions/321745. When using this IconUri dependency property, please be sure to set the Type property to AppBarItemType.Button or just omit this property entirely, because it is only for app bar icon button. The demo has been updated to show how to use this new IconUri dependency property with a new lock button on the app bar. Wh...Offline Navigation for Windows Phone 7: 0.1 Alpha: This is the 0.1 alpha release of source code.SmartNet: V1.0.0.0: DY SmartNet ?????? V1.0New Projects2Sexy Content for DotNetNuke - great looking and animated content: 2Sexy Content is a DotNetNuke Extension to create attractive and designed content. It solves the common problem, allowing the web designer to create designed templates for different content elements, so that the user must only fill in fields and receive a perfectly designed and animated output. AgileMapper: AgileMapper????????????????????,?????????dto?do???????AksiMata: Berita terbaru dan peristiwa terkini di sekitar Anda... Langsung dari TKP!Caprice: Engineering adaptive privacy: Caprice is a tool aimed at supporting software engineers in the design of applications that appropriately adapt their behaviour to mitigate privacy threats. This tool helps provide software engineers design-time insight on the functional behaviour a system and associated runtime context changes that can threaten privacy.Change default Share-site group SharePoint Online (Office 365): As default when we share a site collection or site with external users, SharePoint Online show default SharePoint groups which are Visitors and Members. By using this feature, you will get a link which you can use to customize the default groups to your custom groups and other default groups. CodePlex Test Project: This is just to test how well CodePlex handles Git.Find Work Items For Source Items (Visual Studio Extension): work4source is a Visual Studio 2010 tool window which finds and lists all TFS work items associated with a specific source control file or folder, avoiding the need to view the details for every changeset. It also includes "versioned item" links which otherwise cannot be found from the source side of the link using Visual Studio. To install run the VSIX package, restart Visual Studio, then select View --> Other Windows --> "Find Work Items for Source Items" and either leave the window ...FSProject: FSProjectGit c9 Test: testing git to c9 integration possibilitiesImage 3D Viewer: A Image 3D Viewer with WPF.Jakarta Guide: Jakarta news featuring up-to-date information on attractions, hotels, restaurants, nightlife, travel tips and more.LinqLucene: Due to the fact to the original LinqToLucene project seems to have died, I have created this new project to carry on it's workLuskyCode: Just some codemaouidatest: testMarktplace: NLocalize MarketplaceMemoryLifter: MemoryLifter - the fastest way to memorize * is a virtual flashcard system, scientifically based on the Leitner card box algorithm * enables the user to lift any kind of information into long term memory * maximizes study efficiency with automation, controlled repetitionMemoryTributary - A replacement for MemoryStream: MemoryTributary is a replacement for MemoryStream that uses multiple memory chunks as its backing store, as opposed to the single byte array used by MemoryStream. The result is it can handle much larger streams and the initial allocations are more efficient. It's developed in C#.my career muse: Project configured for simultaneous use with other developersMyMusicBox: Mini-Projet MBDS Web 2.0 Michel BuffaNucleo.NET ORM: These components provide a unit of work interface that works with LINQ to SQL, Entity Framework, and Entity Framework Code First, with more ORMs to come. The idea is to create one common wrapper and base framework to make it easier to work with the various ORM products.Orchard QnA: A lightweight discussions module for the Orchard CMS.Orchard Shoutbox: A lightweight shoutbox module for the Orchard CMS:PAIN: My projects from PAIN labs, semester 2012L, department of electronics of Warsaw University of Technology.Reactifier: This project is for the windows 8 Shoutcast MediaStreamSource: Shoutcast MediaStreamSource is a MediaStreamSource implementation of the Shoutcast protocol for Silverlight. This MediaStreamSource allows both Silverlight 4+ OOB and Windows Phone 7 applications to consume a Shoutcast stream using a MediaElement. Currently, Mp3 and AAC+ Shoutcast streams are supported on Windows Phone. However, ONLY Mp3 is supported on Desktop Silverlight. There is also limited (i.e. somewhat untested) M3u and PLS playlist support. Please report any issues playing...Simple Task Manager: Politechnika Wroclawska Team Project - 2012SkyGo Media Commander: SkyGo Media Commander permette di usare le frecce della tastiera per cambiare canale e il tasto invio per aprire il menu : "Telecomando". Utile se si usa un telecomando. Perfettamente funzionante con il telecomando CIR del notebook HP DV6 2137el.sunshine Design: sunshinetesting: testing projecttesttom032012git01: testtom032012git01testtom03222012hg01: testtom03222012hg01testtom03222012tfs01: testtom03222012tfs01testtom03222012tfs02: testtom03222012tfs02TileSet Map Editor: a small side project of a tileset map editorTraffic Light Simulation Application: Traffic Light Simulation application simulates traffic on a 2D plane under different traffic light control schemes. The interface will display a 10x10 grid where each street allows one-way traffic and there is one traffic light at each intersection.Type08ScreenCapture: Type08ScreenCapture brings Windows 8-like desktop capture function to Windows 7. If you type [Windows]+[PrintScreen], it capture a main display area and save the bitmap to your picture folder. It's developed in C#/WPF.WikiPlex – a Regex Wiki Engine: A regular expression based wiki engine allowing developers to integrate a wiki experience into an existing .NET applicationWindowsQR: Windows QR is a proof of concept about capturing a qr code using a webcam in a WPF application runinng in a desktop computer with Windows 7 or similars. It uses AForge.Vision to wrap the DirectShow complexity and zxing library to decode the qr code.Working with Social Data: 1)Customizing Tag Cloud By Accountname 2)RatingWPF 3D-Model Viewer: WPF 3D-Model Viewer

    Read the article

  • Oracle Solaris: Zones on Shared Storage

    - by Jeff Victor
    Oracle Solaris 11.1 has several new features. At oracle.com you can find a detailed list. One of the significant new features, and the most significant new feature releated to Oracle Solaris Zones, is casually called "Zones on Shared Storage" or simply ZOSS (rhymes with "moss"). ZOSS offers much more flexibility because you can store Solaris Zones on shared storage (surprise!) so that you can perform quick and easy migration of a zone from one system to another. This blog entry describes and demonstrates the use of ZOSS. ZOSS provides complete support for a Solaris Zone that is stored on "shared storage." In this case, "shared storage" refers to fiber channel (FC) or iSCSI devices, although there is one lone exception that I will demonstrate soon. The primary intent is to enable you to store a zone on FC or iSCSI storage so that it can be migrated from one host computer to another much more easily and safely than in the past. With this blog entry, I wanted to make it easy for you to try this yourself. I couldn't assume that you have a SAN available - which is a good thing, because neither do I! What could I use, instead? [There he goes, foreshadowing again... -Ed.] Developing this entry reinforced the lesson that the solution to every lab problem is VirtualBox. Oracle VM VirtualBox (its formal name) helps here in a couple of important ways. It offers the ability to easily install multiple copies of Solaris as guests on top of any popular system (Microsoft Windows, MacOS, Solaris, Oracle Linux (and other Linuxes) etc.). It also offers the ability to create a separate virtual disk drive (VDI) that appears as a local hard disk to a guest. This virtual disk can be moved very easily from one guest to another. In other words, you can follow the steps below on a laptop or larger x86 system. Please note that the ability to use ZOSS to store a zone on a local disk is very useful for a lab environment, but not so useful for production. I do not suggest regularly moving disk drives among computers. In the method I describe below, that virtual hard disk will contain the zone that will be migrated among the (virtual) hosts. In production, you would use FC or iSCSI LUNs instead. The zonecfg(1M) man page details the syntax for each of the three types of devices. Why Migrate? Why is the migration of virtual servers important? Some of the most common reasons are: Moving a workload to a different computer so that the original computer can be turned off for extensive maintenance. Moving a workload to a larger system because the workload has outgrown its original system. If the workload runs in an environment (such as a Solaris Zone) that is stored on shared storage, you can restore the service of the workload on an alternate computer if the original computer has failed and will not reboot. You can simplify lifecycle management of a workload by developing it on a laptop, migrating it to a test platform when it's ready, and finally moving it to a production system. Concepts For ZOSS, the important new concept is named "rootzpool". You can read about it in the zonecfg(1M) man page, but here's the short version: it's the backing store (hard disk(s), or LUN(s)) that will be used to make a ZFS zpool - the zpool that will hold the zone. This zpool: contains the zone's Solaris content, i.e. the root file system does not contain any content not related to the zone can only be mounted by one Solaris instance at a time Method Overview Here is a brief list of the steps to create a zone on shared storage and migrate it. The next section shows the commands and output. You will need a host system with an x86 CPU (hopefully at least a couple of CPU cores), at least 2GB of RAM, and at least 25GB of free disk space. (The steps below will not actually use 25GB of disk space, but I don't want to lead you down a path that ends in a big sign that says "Your HDD is full. Good luck!") Configure the zone on both systems, specifying the rootzpool that both will use. The best way is to configure it on one system and then copy the output of "zonecfg export" to the other system to be used as input to zonecfg. This method reduces the chances of pilot error. (It is not necessary to configure the zone on both systems before creating it. You can configure this zone in multiple places, whenever you want, and migrate it to one of those places at any time - as long as those systems all have access to the shared storage.) Install the zone on one system, onto shared storage. Boot the zone. Provide system configuration information to the zone. (In the Real World(tm) you will usually automate this step.) Shutdown the zone. Detach the zone from the original system. Attach the zone to its new "home" system. Boot the zone. The zone can be used normally, and even migrated back, or to a different system. Details The rest of this shows the commands and output. The two hostnames are "sysA" and "sysB". Note that each Solaris guest might use a different device name for the VDI that they share. I used the device names shown below, but you must discover the device name(s) after booting each guest. In a production environment you would also discover the device name first and then configure the zone with that name. Fortunately, you can use the command "zpool import" or "format" to discover the device on the "new" host for the zone. The first steps create the VirtualBox guests and the shared disk drive. I describe the steps here without demonstrating them. Download VirtualBox and install it using a method normal for your host OS. You can read the complete instructions. Create two VirtualBox guests, each to run Solaris 11.1. Each will use its own VDI as its root disk. Install Solaris 11.1 in each guest.Install Solaris 11.1 in each guest. To install a Solaris 11.1 guest, you can either download a pre-built VirtualBox guest, and import it, or install Solaris 11.1 from the "text install" media. If you use the latter method, after booting you will not see a windowing system. To install the GUI and other important things, login and run "pkg install solaris-desktop" and take a break while it installs those important things. Life is usually easier if you install the VirtualBox Guest Additions because then you can copy and paste between the host and guests, etc. You can find the guest additions in the folder matching the version of VirtualBox you are using. You can also read the instructions for installing the guest additions. To create the zone's shared VDI in VirtualBox, you can open the storage configuration for one of the two guests, select the SATA controller, and click on the "Add Hard Disk" icon nearby. Choose "Create New Disk" and specify an appropriate path name for the file that will contain the VDI. The shared VDI must be at least 1.5 GB. Note that the guest must be stopped to do this. Add that VDI to the other guest - using its Storage configuration - so that each can access it while running. The steps start out the same, except that you choose "Choose Existing Disk" instead of "Create New Disk." Because the disk is configured on both of them, VirtualBox prevents you from running both guests at the same time. Identify device names of that VDI, in each of the guests. Solaris chooses the name based on existing devices. The names may be the same, or may be different from each other. This step is shown below as "Step 1." Assumptions In the example shown below, I make these assumptions. The guest that will own the zone at the beginning is named sysA. The guest that will own the zone after the first migration is named sysB. On sysA, the shared disk is named /dev/dsk/c7t2d0 On sysB, the shared disk is named /dev/dsk/c7t3d0 (Finally!) The Steps Step 1) Determine the name of the disk that will move back and forth between the systems. root@sysA:~# format Searching for disks...done AVAILABLE DISK SELECTIONS: 0. c7t0d0 /pci@0,0/pci8086,2829@d/disk@0,0 1. c7t2d0 /pci@0,0/pci8086,2829@d/disk@2,0 Specify disk (enter its number): ^D Step 2) The first thing to do is partition and label the disk. The magic needed to write an EFI label is not overly complicated. root@sysA:~# format -e c7t2d0 selecting c7t2d0 [disk formatted] FORMAT MENU: ... format fdisk No fdisk table exists. The default partition for the disk is: a 100% "SOLARIS System" partition Type "y" to accept the default partition, otherwise type "n" to edit the partition table. n SELECT ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: ... Enter Selection: 1 ... G=EFI_SYS 0=Exit? f SELECT ONE... ... 6 format label ... Specify Label type[1]: 1 Ready to label disk, continue? y format quit root@sysA:~# ls /dev/dsk/c7t2d0 /dev/dsk/c7t2d0 Step 3) Configure zone1 on sysA. root@sysA:~# zonecfg -z zone1 Use 'create' to begin configuring a new zone. zonecfg:zone1 create create: Using system default template 'SYSdefault' zonecfg:zone1 set zonename=zone1 zonecfg:zone1 set zonepath=/zones/zone1 zonecfg:zone1 add rootzpool zonecfg:zone1:rootzpool add storage dev:dsk/c7t2d0 zonecfg:zone1:rootzpool end zonecfg:zone1 exit root@sysA:~# oot@sysA:~# zonecfg -z zone1 info zonename: zone1 zonepath: /zones/zone1 brand: solaris autoboot: false bootargs: file-mac-profile: pool: limitpriv: scheduling-class: ip-type: exclusive hostid: fs-allowed: anet: ... rootzpool: storage: dev:dsk/c7t2d0 Step 4) Install the zone. This step takes the most time, but you can wander off for a snack or a few laps around the gym - or both! (Just not at the same time...) root@sysA:~# zoneadm -z zone1 install Created zone zpool: zone1_rpool Progress being logged to /var/log/zones/zoneadm.20121022T163634Z.zone1.install Image: Preparing at /zones/zone1/root. AI Manifest: /tmp/manifest.xml.RXaycg SC Profile: /usr/share/auto_install/sc_profiles/enable_sci.xml Zonename: zone1 Installation: Starting ... Creating IPS image Startup linked: 1/1 done Installing packages from: solaris origin: http://pkg.us.oracle.com/support/ DOWNLOAD PKGS FILES XFER (MB) SPEED Completed 183/183 33556/33556 222.2/222.2 2.8M/s PHASE ITEMS Installing new actions 46825/46825 Updating package state database Done Updating image state Done Creating fast lookup database Done Installation: Succeeded Note: Man pages can be obtained by installing pkg:/system/manual done. Done: Installation completed in 1696.847 seconds. Next Steps: Boot the zone, then log into the zone console (zlogin -C) to complete the configuration process. Log saved in non-global zone as /zones/zone1/root/var/log/zones/zoneadm.20121022T163634Z.zone1.install Step 5) Boot the Zone. root@sysA:~# zoneadm -z zone1 boot Step 6) Login to zone's console to complete the specification of system information. root@sysA:~# zlogin -C zone1 Answer the usual questions and wait for a login prompt. Then you can end the console session with the usual "~." incantation. Step 7) Shutdown the zone so it can be "moved." root@sysA:~# zoneadm -z zone1 shutdown Step 8) Detach the zone so that the original global zone can't use it. root@sysA:~# zoneadm list -cv ID NAME STATUS PATH BRAND IP 0 global running / solaris shared - zone1 installed /zones/zone1 solaris excl root@sysA:~# zpool list NAME SIZE ALLOC FREE CAP DEDUP HEALTH ALTROOT rpool 17.6G 11.2G 6.47G 63% 1.00x ONLINE - zone1_rpool 1.98G 484M 1.51G 23% 1.00x ONLINE - root@sysA:~# zoneadm -z zone1 detach Exported zone zpool: zone1_rpool Step 9) Review the result and shutdown sysA so that sysB can use the shared disk. root@sysA:~# zpool list NAME SIZE ALLOC FREE CAP DEDUP HEALTH ALTROOT rpool 17.6G 11.2G 6.47G 63% 1.00x ONLINE - root@sysA:~# zoneadm list -cv ID NAME STATUS PATH BRAND IP 0 global running / solaris shared - zone1 configured /zones/zone1 solaris excl root@sysA:~# init 0 Step 10) Now boot sysB and configure a zone with the parameters shown above in Step 1. (Again, the safest method is to use "zonecfg ... export" on sysA as described in section "Method Overview" above.) The one difference is the name of the rootzpool storage device, which was shown in the list of assumptions, and which you must determine by booting sysB and using the "format" or "zpool import" command. When that is done, you should see the output shown next. (I used the same zonename - "zone1" - in this example, but you can choose any valid zonename you want.) root@sysB:~# zoneadm list -cv ID NAME STATUS PATH BRAND IP 0 global running / solaris shared - zone1 configured /zones/zone1 solaris excl root@sysB:~# zonecfg -z zone1 info zonename: zone1 zonepath: /zones/zone1 brand: solaris autoboot: false bootargs: file-mac-profile: pool: limitpriv: scheduling-class: ip-type: exclusive hostid: fs-allowed: anet: linkname: net0 ... rootzpool: storage: dev:dsk/c7t3d0 Step 11) Attaching the zone automatically imports the zpool. root@sysB:~# zoneadm -z zone1 attach Imported zone zpool: zone1_rpool Progress being logged to /var/log/zones/zoneadm.20121022T184034Z.zone1.attach Installing: Using existing zone boot environment Zone BE root dataset: zone1_rpool/rpool/ROOT/solaris Cache: Using /var/pkg/publisher. Updating non-global zone: Linking to image /. Processing linked: 1/1 done Updating non-global zone: Auditing packages. No updates necessary for this image. Updating non-global zone: Zone updated. Result: Attach Succeeded. Log saved in non-global zone as /zones/zone1/root/var/log/zones/zoneadm.20121022T184034Z.zone1.attach root@sysB:~# zoneadm -z zone1 boot root@sysB:~# zlogin zone1 [Connected to zone 'zone1' pts/2] Oracle Corporation SunOS 5.11 11.1 September 2012 Step 12) Now let's migrate the zone back to sysA. Create a file in zone1 so we can verify it exists after we migrate the zone back, then begin migrating it back. root@zone1:~# ls /opt root@zone1:~# touch /opt/fileA root@zone1:~# ls -l /opt/fileA -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 0 Oct 22 14:47 /opt/fileA root@zone1:~# exit logout [Connection to zone 'zone1' pts/2 closed] root@sysB:~# zoneadm -z zone1 shutdown root@sysB:~# zoneadm -z zone1 detach Exported zone zpool: zone1_rpool root@sysB:~# init 0 Step 13) Back on sysA, check the status. Oracle Corporation SunOS 5.11 11.1 September 2012 root@sysA:~# zoneadm list -cv ID NAME STATUS PATH BRAND IP 0 global running / solaris shared - zone1 configured /zones/zone1 solaris excl root@sysA:~# zpool list NAME SIZE ALLOC FREE CAP DEDUP HEALTH ALTROOT rpool 17.6G 11.2G 6.47G 63% 1.00x ONLINE - Step 14) Re-attach the zone back to sysA. root@sysA:~# zoneadm -z zone1 attach Imported zone zpool: zone1_rpool Progress being logged to /var/log/zones/zoneadm.20121022T190441Z.zone1.attach Installing: Using existing zone boot environment Zone BE root dataset: zone1_rpool/rpool/ROOT/solaris Cache: Using /var/pkg/publisher. Updating non-global zone: Linking to image /. Processing linked: 1/1 done Updating non-global zone: Auditing packages. No updates necessary for this image. Updating non-global zone: Zone updated. Result: Attach Succeeded. Log saved in non-global zone as /zones/zone1/root/var/log/zones/zoneadm.20121022T190441Z.zone1.attach root@sysA:~# zpool list NAME SIZE ALLOC FREE CAP DEDUP HEALTH ALTROOT rpool 17.6G 11.2G 6.47G 63% 1.00x ONLINE - zone1_rpool 1.98G 491M 1.51G 24% 1.00x ONLINE - root@sysA:~# zoneadm -z zone1 boot root@sysA:~# zlogin zone1 [Connected to zone 'zone1' pts/2] Oracle Corporation SunOS 5.11 11.1 September 2012 root@zone1:~# zpool list NAME SIZE ALLOC FREE CAP DEDUP HEALTH ALTROOT rpool 1.98G 538M 1.46G 26% 1.00x ONLINE - Step 15) Check for the file created on sysB, earlier. root@zone1:~# ls -l /opt total 1 -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 0 Oct 22 14:47 fileA Next Steps Here is a brief list of some of the fun things you can try next. Add space to the zone by adding a second storage device to the rootzpool. Make sure that you add it to the configurations of both zones! Create a new zone, specifying two disks in the rootzpool when you first configure the zone. When you install that zone, or clone it from another zone, zoneadm uses those two disks to create a mirrored pool. (Three disks will result in a three-way mirror, etc.) Conclusion Hopefully you have seen the ease with which you can now move Solaris Zones from one system to another.

    Read the article

  • The case of the phantom ADF developer (and other yarns)

    - by Chris Muir
    A few years of ADF experience means I see common mistakes made by different developers, some I regularly make myself.  This post is designed to assist beginners to Oracle JDeveloper Application Development Framework (ADF) avoid a common ADF pitfall, the case of the phantom ADF developer [add Scooby-Doo music here]. ADF Business Components - triggers, default table values and instead of views. Oracle's JDeveloper tutorials help with the A-B-Cs of ADF development, typically built on the nice 'n safe demo schema provided by with the Oracle database such as the HR demo schema. However it's not too long until ADF beginners, having built up some confidence from learning with the tutorials and vanilla demo schemas, start building ADF Business Components based upon their own existing database schema objects.  This is where unexpected problems can sneak in. The crime Developers may encounter a surprising error at runtime when editing a record they just created or updated and committed to the database, based on their own existing tables, namely the error: JBO-25014: Another user has changed the row with primary key oracle.jbo.Key[x] ...where X is the primary key value of the row at hand.  In a production environment with multiple users this error may be legit, one of the other users has updated the row since you queried it.  Yet in a development environment this error is just plain confusing.  If developers are isolated in their own database, creating and editing records they know other users can't possibly be working with, or all the other developers have gone home for the day, how is this error possible? There are no other users?  It must be the phantom ADF developer! [insert dramatic music here] The following picture is what you'll see in the Business Component Browser, and you'll receive a similar error message via an ADF Faces page: A false conclusion What can possibly cause this issue if it isn't our phantom ADF developer?  Doesn't ADF BC implement record locking, locking database records when the row is modified in the ADF middle-tier by a user?  How can our phantom ADF developer even take out a lock if this is the case?  Maybe ADF has a bug, maybe ADF isn't implementing record locking at all?  Shouldn't we see the error "JBO-26030: Failed to lock the record, another user holds the lock" as we attempt to modify the record, why do we see JBO-25014? : Let's verify that ADF is in fact issuing the correct SQL LOCK-FOR-UPDATE statement to the database. First we need to verify ADF's locking strategy.  It is determined by the Application Module's jbo.locking.mode property.  The default (as of JDev 11.1.1.4.0 if memory serves me correct) and recommended value is optimistic, and the other valid value is pessimistic. Next we need a mechanism to check that ADF is issuing the LOCK statements to the database.  We could ask DBAs to monitor locks with OEM, but optimally we'd rather not involve overworked DBAs in this process, so instead we can use the ADF runtime setting –Djbo.debugoutput=console.  At runtime this options turns on instrumentation within the ADF BC layer, which among a lot of extra detail displayed in the log window, will show the actual SQL statement issued to the database, including the LOCK statement we're looking to confirm. Setting our locking mode to pessimistic, opening the Business Components Browser of a JSF page allowing us to edit a record, say the CHARGEABLE field within a BOOKINGS record where BOOKING_NO = 1206, upon editing the record see among others the following log entries: [421] Built select: 'SELECT BOOKING_NO, EVENT_NO, RESOURCE_CODE, CHARGEABLE, MADE_BY, QUANTITY, COST, STATUS, COMMENTS FROM BOOKINGS Bookings'[422] Executing LOCK...SELECT BOOKING_NO, EVENT_NO, RESOURCE_CODE, CHARGEABLE, MADE_BY, QUANTITY, COST, STATUS, COMMENTS FROM BOOKINGS Bookings WHERE BOOKING_NO=:1 FOR UPDATE NOWAIT[423] Where binding param 1: 1206  As can be seen on line 422, in fact a LOCK-FOR-UPDATE is indeed issued to the database.  Later when we commit the record we see: [441] OracleSQLBuilder: SAVEPOINT 'BO_SP'[442] OracleSQLBuilder Executing, Lock 1 DML on: BOOKINGS (Update)[443] UPDATE buf Bookings>#u SQLStmtBufLen: 210, actual=62[444] UPDATE BOOKINGS Bookings SET CHARGEABLE=:1 WHERE BOOKING_NO=:2[445] Update binding param 1: N[446] Where binding param 2: 1206[447] BookingsView1 notify COMMIT ... [448] _LOCAL_VIEW_USAGE_model_Bookings_ResourceTypesView1 notify COMMIT ... [449] EntityCache close prepared statement ....and as a result the changes are saved to the database, and the lock is released. Let's see what happens when we use the optimistic locking mode, this time to change the same BOOKINGS record CHARGEABLE column again.  As soon as we edit the record we see little activity in the logs, nothing to indicate any SQL statement, let alone a LOCK has been taken out on the row. However when we save our records by issuing a commit, the following is recorded in the logs: [509] OracleSQLBuilder: SAVEPOINT 'BO_SP'[510] OracleSQLBuilder Executing doEntitySelect on: BOOKINGS (true)[511] Built select: 'SELECT BOOKING_NO, EVENT_NO, RESOURCE_CODE, CHARGEABLE, MADE_BY, QUANTITY, COST, STATUS, COMMENTS FROM BOOKINGS Bookings'[512] Executing LOCK...SELECT BOOKING_NO, EVENT_NO, RESOURCE_CODE, CHARGEABLE, MADE_BY, QUANTITY, COST, STATUS, COMMENTS FROM BOOKINGS Bookings WHERE BOOKING_NO=:1 FOR UPDATE NOWAIT[513] Where binding param 1: 1205[514] OracleSQLBuilder Executing, Lock 2 DML on: BOOKINGS (Update)[515] UPDATE buf Bookings>#u SQLStmtBufLen: 210, actual=62[516] UPDATE BOOKINGS Bookings SET CHARGEABLE=:1 WHERE BOOKING_NO=:2[517] Update binding param 1: Y[518] Where binding param 2: 1205[519] BookingsView1 notify COMMIT ... [520] _LOCAL_VIEW_USAGE_model_Bookings_ResourceTypesView1 notify COMMIT ... [521] EntityCache close prepared statement Again even though we're seeing the midtier delay the LOCK statement until commit time, it is in fact occurring on line 412, and released as part of the commit issued on line 419.  Therefore with either optimistic or pessimistic locking a lock is indeed issued. Our conclusion at this point must be, unless there's the unlikely cause the LOCK statement is never really hitting the database, or the even less likely cause the database has a bug, then ADF does in fact take out a lock on the record before allowing the current user to update it.  So there's no way our phantom ADF developer could even modify the record if he tried without at least someone receiving a lock error. Hmm, we can only conclude the locking mode is a red herring and not the true cause of our problem.  Who is the phantom? At this point we'll need to conclude that the error message "JBO-25014: Another user has changed" is somehow legit, even though we don't understand yet what's causing it. This leads onto two further questions, how does ADF know another user has changed the row, and what's been changed anyway? To answer the first question, how does ADF know another user has changed the row, the Fusion Guide's section 4.10.11 How to Protect Against Losing Simultaneous Updated Data , that details the Entity Object Change-Indicator property, gives us the answer: At runtime the framework provides automatic "lost update" detection for entity objects to ensure that a user cannot unknowingly modify data that another user has updated and committed in the meantime. Typically, this check is performed by comparing the original values of each persistent entity attribute against the corresponding current column values in the database at the time the underlying row is locked. Before updating a row, the entity object verifies that the row to be updated is still consistent with the current state of the database.  The guide further suggests to make this solution more efficient: You can make the lost update detection more efficient by identifying any attributes of your entity whose values you know will be updated whenever the entity is modified. Typical candidates include a version number column or an updated date column in the row.....To detect whether the row has been modified since the user queried it in the most efficient way, select the Change Indicator option to compare only the change-indicator attribute values. We now know that ADF BC doesn't use the locking mechanism at all to protect the current user against updates, but rather it keeps a copy of the original record fetched, separate to the user changed version of the record, and it compares the original record against the one in the database when the lock is taken out.  If values don't match, be it the default compare-all-columns behaviour, or the more efficient Change Indicator mechanism, ADF BC will throw the JBO-25014 error. This leaves one last question.  Now we know the mechanism under which ADF identifies a changed row, what we don't know is what's changed and who changed it? The real culprit What's changed?  We know the record in the mid-tier has been changed by the user, however ADF doesn't use the changed record in the mid-tier to compare to the database record, but rather a copy of the original record before it was changed.  This leaves us to conclude the database record has changed, but how and by who? There are three potential causes: Database triggers The database trigger among other uses, can be configured to fire PLSQL code on a database table insert, update or delete.  In particular in an insert or update the trigger can override the value assigned to a particular column.  The trigger execution is actioned by the database on behalf of the user initiating the insert or update action. Why this causes the issue specific to our ADF use, is when we insert or update a record in the database via ADF, ADF keeps a copy of the record written to the database.  However the cached record is instantly out of date as the database triggers have modified the record that was actually written to the database.  Thus when we update the record we just inserted or updated for a second time to the database, ADF compares its original copy of the record to that in the database, and it detects the record has been changed – giving us JBO-25014. This is probably the most common cause of this problem. Default values A second reason this issue can occur is another database feature, default column values.  When creating a database table the schema designer can define default values for specific columns.  For example a CREATED_BY column could be set to SYSDATE, or a flag column to Y or N.  Default values are only used by the database when a user inserts a new record and the specific column is assigned NULL.  The database in this case will overwrite the column with the default value. As per the database trigger section, it then becomes apparent why ADF chokes on this feature, though it can only specifically occur in an insert-commit-update-commit scenario, not the update-commit-update-commit scenario. Instead of trigger views I must admit I haven't double checked this scenario but it seems plausible, that of the Oracle database's instead of trigger view (sometimes referred to as instead of views).  A view in the database is based on a query, and dependent on the queries complexity, may support insert, update and delete functionality to a limited degree.  In order to support fully insertable, updateable and deletable views, Oracle introduced the instead of view, that gives the view designer the ability to not only define the view query, but a set of programmatic PLSQL triggers where the developer can define their own logic for inserts, updates and deletes. While this provides the database programmer a very powerful feature, it can cause issues for our ADF application.  On inserting or updating a record in the instead of view, the record and it's data that goes in is not necessarily the data that comes out when ADF compares the records, as the view developer has the option to practically do anything with the incoming data, including throwing it away or pushing it to tables which aren't used by the view underlying query for fetching the data. Readers are at this point reminded that this article is specifically about how the JBO-25014 error occurs in the context of 1 developer on an isolated database.  The article is not considering how the error occurs in a production environment where there are multiple users who can cause this error in a legitimate fashion.  Assuming none of the above features are the cause of the problem, and optimistic locking is turned on (this error is not possible if pessimistic locking is the default mode *and* none of the previous causes are possible), JBO-25014 is quite feasible in a production ADF application if 2 users modify the same record. At this point under project timelines pressure, the obvious fix for developers is to drop both database triggers and default values from the underlying tables.  However we must be careful that these legacy constructs aren't used and assumed to be in place by other legacy systems.  Dropping the database triggers or default value that the existing Oracle Forms  applications assumes and requires to be in place could cause unexpected behaviour and bugs in the Forms application.  Proficient software engineers would recognize such a change may require a partial or full regression test of the existing legacy system, a potentially costly and timely exercise, not ideal. Solving the mystery once and for all Luckily ADF has built in functionality to deal with this issue, though it's not a surprise, as Oracle as the author of ADF also built the database, and are fully aware of the Oracle database's feature set.  At the Entity Object attribute level, the Refresh After Insert and Refresh After Update properties.  Simply selecting these instructs ADF BC after inserting or updating a record to the database, to expect the database to modify the said attributes, and read a copy of the changed attributes back into its cached mid-tier record.  Thus next time the developer modifies the current record, the comparison between the mid-tier record and the database record match, and JBO-25014: Another user has changed" is no longer an issue. [Post edit - as per the comment from Oracle's Steven Davelaar below, as he correctly points out the above solution will not work for instead-of-triggers views as it relies on SQL RETURNING clause which is incompatible with this type of view] Alternatively you can set the Change Indicator on one of the attributes.  This will work as long as the relating column for the attribute in the database itself isn't inadvertently updated.  In turn you're possibly just masking the issue rather than solving it, because if another developer turns the Change Indicator back on the original issue will return.

    Read the article

  • What is hogging my connection?

    - by SF.
    At times it seems like dozens, if not hundreds of root-owned HTTP connections spring up. This is not much of a problem on LAN or WLAN as each of them seems to transfer very little, but if I use GPRS link, my ping times go into minutes (seriously, 80000ms is not infrequent!) and all connections grind to a halt waiting till these end. This usually lasts some 15 minutes and ends about when I start troubleshooting it for real. I've managed to capture a fragment of Nethogs output NetHogs version 0.8.0 PID USER PROGRAM DEV SENT RECEIVED ? root 37.209.147.180:59854-141.101.114.59:80 0.013 0.000 KB/sec ? root 37.209.147.180:59853-141.101.114.59:80 0.000 0.000 KB/sec ? root 37.209.147.180:52804-173.194.70.95:80 0.000 0.000 KB/sec 1954 bw /home/bw/.dropbox-dist/dropbox ppp0 0.000 0.000 KB/sec ? root 37.209.147.180:59851-141.101.114.59:80 0.000 0.000 KB/sec ? root 37.209.147.180:59850-141.101.114.59:80 0.000 0.000 KB/sec ? root 37.209.147.180:52801-173.194.70.95:80 0.000 0.000 KB/sec 13301 bw /usr/lib/firefox/firefox ppp0 0.000 0.000 KB/sec ? root unknown TCP 0.000 0.000 KB/sec Unfortunately, it doesn't display the owning process of these. Does anyone recognize these addresses or is able to suggest how to troubleshoot it further or disable it? Is it some automatic update or something like that? EDIT: per request; netstat -n, for obvious reason that normal netstat won't ever launch as all DNS requests are hogged just the same. netstat -n Active Internet connections (w/o servers) Proto Recv-Q Send-Q Local Address Foreign Address State tcp 0 1 93.154.166.62:51314 198.252.206.16:80 FIN_WAIT1 tcp 0 1 37.209.147.180:44098 198.252.206.16:80 FIN_WAIT1 tcp 0 1 37.209.147.180:59855 141.101.114.59:80 FIN_WAIT1 tcp 1 0 192.168.43.224:38237 213.189.45.39:443 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 1 0 93.154.146.186:35167 75.101.152.29:80 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 1 0 192.168.43.224:32939 199.15.160.100:80 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 1 0 192.168.43.224:55619 63.245.217.207:443 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 1 0 93.154.146.186:60210 75.101.152.29:443 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 1 0 192.168.43.224:32944 199.15.160.100:80 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 0 1 37.209.147.180:52804 173.194.70.95:80 FIN_WAIT1 tcp 1 0 93.154.146.186:46606 23.21.151.181:80 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 1 0 93.154.146.186:52619 107.22.246.76:80 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 415 0 93.154.146.186:36156 82.112.106.104:80 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 1 0 93.154.146.186:50352 107.22.246.76:443 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 1 0 192.168.43.224:55000 213.189.45.44:443 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 0 1 37.209.147.180:59853 141.101.114.59:80 FIN_WAIT1 tcp 1 0 192.168.43.224:32937 199.15.160.100:80 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 1 0 192.168.43.224:56055 93.184.221.40:80 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 415 0 93.154.146.186:36155 82.112.106.104:80 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 0 1 37.209.147.180:44097 198.252.206.16:80 FIN_WAIT1 tcp 1 0 93.154.146.186:35166 75.101.152.29:80 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 1 0 192.168.43.224:32943 199.15.160.100:80 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 1 0 93.154.146.186:46607 23.21.151.181:80 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 1 0 93.154.146.186:36422 23.21.151.181:443 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 1 0 192.168.43.224:36081 93.184.220.148:80 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 1 0 192.168.43.224:44462 213.189.45.29:443 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 1 0 192.168.43.224:32938 199.15.160.100:80 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 1 0 93.154.146.186:36419 23.21.151.181:443 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 0 497 93.154.166.62:51313 198.252.206.16:80 FIN_WAIT1 tcp 0 1 37.209.147.180:59851 141.101.114.59:80 FIN_WAIT1 tcp 0 1 37.209.147.180:44095 198.252.206.16:80 FIN_WAIT1 tcp 1 0 93.154.146.186:46611 23.21.151.181:80 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 1 0 192.168.43.224:38236 213.189.45.39:443 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 0 171 37.209.147.180:45341 173.194.113.146:443 ESTABLISHED tcp 0 1 37.209.147.180:52801 173.194.70.95:80 FIN_WAIT1 tcp 1 0 192.168.43.224:36080 93.184.220.148:80 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 0 1 37.209.147.180:59856 141.101.114.59:80 FIN_WAIT1 tcp 0 1 37.209.147.180:44096 198.252.206.16:80 FIN_WAIT1 tcp 0 1 93.154.166.62:57471 108.160.162.49:80 FIN_WAIT1 tcp 0 1 37.209.147.180:59854 141.101.114.59:80 FIN_WAIT1 tcp 0 171 37.209.147.180:45340 173.194.113.146:443 ESTABLISHED tcp 0 168 37.209.147.180:45334 173.194.113.146:443 FIN_WAIT1 tcp 1 0 93.154.146.186:46609 23.21.151.181:80 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 0 1248 93.154.166.62:58270 64.251.23.59:443 FIN_WAIT1 tcp 0 1 37.209.147.180:59850 141.101.114.59:80 FIN_WAIT1 tcp 1 0 93.154.146.186:35181 75.101.152.29:80 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 232 0 93.154.172.168:46384 198.252.206.25:80 ESTABLISHED tcp 1 0 93.154.146.186:52618 107.22.246.76:80 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 1 0 93.154.172.168:36298 173.194.69.95:443 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 1 0 93.154.146.186:60209 75.101.152.29:443 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 0 168 37.209.147.180:45335 173.194.113.146:443 FIN_WAIT1 tcp 415 0 93.154.146.186:36157 82.112.106.104:80 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 1 0 192.168.43.224:36082 93.184.220.148:80 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 1 0 192.168.43.224:32942 199.15.160.100:80 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 1 0 93.154.146.186:50350 107.22.246.76:443 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 1 0 192.168.43.224:32941 199.15.160.100:80 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 0 534 37.209.147.180:44089 198.252.206.16:80 FIN_WAIT1 tcp 1 0 93.154.146.186:46608 23.21.151.181:80 CLOSE_WAIT tcp 1 0 93.154.146.186:46612 23.21.151.181:80 CLOSE_WAIT udp 0 0 37.209.147.180:49057 193.41.112.14:53 ESTABLISHED udp 0 0 37.209.147.180:51631 193.41.112.18:53 ESTABLISHED udp 0 0 37.209.147.180:34827 193.41.112.18:53 ESTABLISHED udp 0 0 37.209.147.180:35908 193.41.112.14:53 ESTABLISHED udp 0 0 37.209.147.180:44106 193.41.112.14:53 ESTABLISHED udp 0 0 37.209.147.180:42184 193.41.112.14:53 ESTABLISHED udp 0 0 37.209.147.180:54485 193.41.112.14:53 ESTABLISHED udp 0 0 37.209.147.180:42216 193.41.112.18:53 ESTABLISHED udp 0 0 37.209.147.180:51961 193.41.112.14:53 ESTABLISHED udp 0 0 37.209.147.180:48412 193.41.112.14:53 ESTABLISHED The interesting lines from ping got lost, but the summary over past few hours is: --- 8.8.8.8 ping statistics --- 107459 packets transmitted, 104376 received, +22 duplicates, 2% packet loss, time 195427362ms rtt min/avg/max/mdev = 24.822/528.132/90538.257/2519.263 ms, pipe 90 EDIT: Per request: Happened again, reboot didn't help but cleaned up all "hanging" processes. Currently netstat shows: bw@pony:/var/log$ netstat -n -t Active Internet connections (w/o servers) Proto Recv-Q Send-Q Local Address Foreign Address State tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:42767 74.125.239.143:443 TIME_WAIT tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:50270 173.194.69.189:443 ESTABLISHED tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:45250 190.93.244.58:80 TIME_WAIT tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:53488 173.194.32.198:80 ESTABLISHED tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:53490 173.194.32.198:80 ESTABLISHED tcp 0 159 93.154.188.68:42741 74.125.239.143:443 LAST_ACK tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:45808 198.252.206.25:80 ESTABLISHED tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:52449 173.194.32.199:443 ESTABLISHED tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:52600 173.194.32.199:443 TIME_WAIT tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:50300 173.194.69.189:443 TIME_WAIT tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:45253 190.93.244.58:80 TIME_WAIT tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:46252 173.194.32.204:443 ESTABLISHED tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:45246 190.93.244.58:80 ESTABLISHED tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:47064 173.194.113.143:443 ESTABLISHED tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:34484 173.194.69.95:443 ESTABLISHED tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:45252 190.93.244.58:80 TIME_WAIT tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:54290 173.194.32.202:443 ESTABLISHED tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:47063 173.194.113.143:443 ESTABLISHED tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:53469 173.194.32.198:80 TIME_WAIT tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:45242 190.93.244.58:80 TIME_WAIT tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:53468 173.194.32.198:80 ESTABLISHED tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:50299 173.194.69.189:443 TIME_WAIT tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:42764 74.125.239.143:443 TIME_WAIT tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:45256 190.93.244.58:80 TIME_WAIT tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:58047 108.160.162.105:80 ESTABLISHED tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:45249 190.93.244.58:80 TIME_WAIT tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:50297 173.194.69.189:443 TIME_WAIT tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:53470 173.194.32.198:80 ESTABLISHED tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:34100 68.232.35.121:443 ESTABLISHED tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:42758 74.125.239.143:443 ESTABLISHED tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:42765 74.125.239.143:443 TIME_WAIT tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:39000 173.194.69.95:80 TIME_WAIT tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:50296 173.194.69.189:443 TIME_WAIT tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:53467 173.194.32.198:80 ESTABLISHED tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:42766 74.125.239.143:443 TIME_WAIT tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:45251 190.93.244.58:80 TIME_WAIT tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:45248 190.93.244.58:80 TIME_WAIT tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:45247 190.93.244.58:80 ESTABLISHED tcp 0 159 93.154.188.68:50254 173.194.69.189:443 LAST_ACK tcp 0 0 93.154.188.68:34483 173.194.69.95:443 ESTABLISHED Output of ps: USER PID %CPU %MEM VSZ RSS TTY STAT START TIME COMMAND root 1 0.8 0.0 3628 2092 ? Ss 16:52 0:03 /sbin/init root 2 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [kthreadd] root 3 0.1 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [ksoftirqd/0] root 4 0.1 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [kworker/0:0] root 6 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [migration/0] root 7 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [watchdog/0] root 8 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [migration/1] root 10 0.1 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [ksoftirqd/1] root 11 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [watchdog/1] root 12 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [migration/2] root 14 0.1 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [ksoftirqd/2] root 15 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [watchdog/2] root 16 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [migration/3] root 17 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [kworker/3:0] root 18 0.1 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [ksoftirqd/3] root 19 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [watchdog/3] root 20 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S< 16:52 0:00 [cpuset] root 21 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S< 16:52 0:00 [khelper] root 22 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [kdevtmpfs] root 23 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S< 16:52 0:00 [netns] root 24 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [sync_supers] root 25 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [bdi-default] root 26 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S< 16:52 0:00 [kintegrityd] root 27 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S< 16:52 0:00 [kblockd] root 28 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S< 16:52 0:00 [ata_sff] root 29 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [khubd] root 30 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S< 16:52 0:00 [md] root 42 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [khungtaskd] root 43 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [kswapd0] root 44 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? SN 16:52 0:00 [ksmd] root 45 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? SN 16:52 0:00 [khugepaged] root 46 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [fsnotify_mark] root 47 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [ecryptfs-kthrea] root 48 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S< 16:52 0:00 [crypto] root 59 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S< 16:52 0:00 [kthrotld] root 70 0.1 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [kworker/2:1] root 71 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [scsi_eh_0] root 72 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [scsi_eh_1] root 73 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [scsi_eh_2] root 74 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [scsi_eh_3] root 75 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [kworker/u:2] root 76 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [kworker/u:3] root 79 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [kworker/1:1] root 99 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S< 16:52 0:00 [deferwq] root 100 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S< 16:52 0:00 [charger_manager] root 101 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S< 16:52 0:00 [devfreq_wq] root 102 0.1 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [kworker/2:2] root 106 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [scsi_eh_4] root 107 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [usb-storage] root 108 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [scsi_eh_5] root 109 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [usb-storage] root 271 0.1 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [kworker/1:2] root 316 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [jbd2/sda1-8] root 317 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S< 16:52 0:00 [ext4-dio-unwrit] root 440 0.1 0.0 2820 608 ? S 16:52 0:00 upstart-udev-bridge --daemon root 478 0.0 0.0 3460 1648 ? Ss 16:52 0:00 /sbin/udevd --daemon root 632 0.0 0.0 3348 1336 ? S 16:52 0:00 /sbin/udevd --daemon root 633 0.0 0.0 3348 1204 ? S 16:52 0:00 /sbin/udevd --daemon root 782 0.0 0.0 2816 596 ? S 16:52 0:00 upstart-socket-bridge --daemon root 822 0.0 0.0 6684 2400 ? Ss 16:52 0:00 /usr/sbin/sshd -D 102 834 0.2 0.0 4064 1864 ? Ss 16:52 0:01 dbus-daemon --system --fork root 857 0.0 0.1 7420 3380 ? Ss 16:52 0:00 /usr/sbin/modem-manager root 858 0.0 0.0 4784 1636 ? Ss 16:52 0:00 /usr/sbin/bluetoothd syslog 860 0.0 0.0 31068 1496 ? Sl 16:52 0:00 rsyslogd -c5 root 869 0.1 0.1 24280 5564 ? Ssl 16:52 0:00 NetworkManager avahi 883 0.0 0.0 3448 1488 ? S 16:52 0:00 avahi-daemon: running [pony.local] avahi 884 0.0 0.0 3448 436 ? S 16:52 0:00 avahi-daemon: chroot helper root 885 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S< 16:52 0:00 [kpsmoused] root 892 0.0 0.1 25696 4140 ? Sl 16:52 0:00 /usr/lib/policykit-1/polkitd --no-debug root 923 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [scsi_eh_6] root 959 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S< 16:52 0:00 [krfcommd] root 970 0.0 0.1 7536 3120 ? Ss 16:52 0:00 /usr/sbin/cupsd -F colord 976 0.1 0.3 55080 10396 ? Sl 16:52 0:00 /usr/lib/i386-linux-gnu/colord/colord root 979 0.0 0.0 4632 872 tty4 Ss+ 16:52 0:00 /sbin/getty -8 38400 tty4 root 987 0.0 0.0 4632 884 tty5 Ss+ 16:52 0:00 /sbin/getty -8 38400 tty5 root 994 0.0 0.0 4632 884 tty2 Ss+ 16:52 0:00 /sbin/getty -8 38400 tty2 root 995 0.0 0.0 4632 868 tty3 Ss+ 16:52 0:00 /sbin/getty -8 38400 tty3 root 998 0.0 0.0 4632 876 tty6 Ss+ 16:52 0:00 /sbin/getty -8 38400 tty6 root 1022 0.0 0.0 2176 680 ? Ss 16:52 0:00 acpid -c /etc/acpi/events -s /var/run/acpid.socket root 1029 0.0 0.0 3632 664 ? Ss 16:52 0:00 /usr/sbin/irqbalance daemon 1030 0.0 0.0 2476 120 ? Ss 16:52 0:00 atd root 1031 0.0 0.0 2620 880 ? Ss 16:52 0:00 cron root 1061 0.1 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [kworker/3:2] root 1064 0.0 1.0 34116 31072 ? SLsl 16:52 0:00 lightdm root 1076 13.4 1.2 118688 37920 tty7 Ssl+ 16:52 0:55 /usr/bin/X :0 -core -auth /var/run/lightdm/root/:0 -nolisten tcp vt7 -novtswit root 1085 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [rts_pstor] root 1087 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [rtsx-polling] root 1095 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S< 16:52 0:00 [cfg80211] root 1127 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:52 0:00 [flush-8:0] root 1130 0.0 0.0 6136 1824 ? Ss 16:52 0:00 /sbin/wpa_supplicant -B -P /run/sendsigs.omit.d/wpasupplicant.pid -u -s -O /va root 1137 0.0 0.1 24604 3164 ? Sl 16:52 0:00 /usr/lib/accountsservice/accounts-daemon root 1140 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S< 16:52 0:00 [hd-audio0] root 1188 0.0 0.1 34308 3420 ? Sl 16:52 0:00 /usr/sbin/console-kit-daemon --no-daemon root 1425 0.0 0.0 4632 872 tty1 Ss+ 16:52 0:00 /sbin/getty -8 38400 tty1 root 1443 0.1 0.1 29460 4664 ? Sl 16:52 0:00 /usr/lib/upower/upowerd root 1579 0.0 0.1 16540 3272 ? Sl 16:53 0:00 lightdm --session-child 12 19 bw 1623 0.0 0.0 2232 644 ? Ss 16:53 0:00 /bin/sh /usr/bin/startkde bw 1672 0.0 0.0 4092 204 ? Ss 16:53 0:00 /usr/bin/ssh-agent /usr/bin/gpg-agent --daemon --sh --write-env-file=/home/bw/ bw 1673 0.0 0.0 5492 384 ? Ss 16:53 0:00 /usr/bin/gpg-agent --daemon --sh --write-env-file=/home/bw/.gnupg/gpg-agent-in bw 1676 0.0 0.0 3848 792 ? S 16:53 0:00 /usr/bin/dbus-launch --exit-with-session /usr/bin/startkde bw 1677 0.5 0.0 5384 2180 ? Ss 16:53 0:02 //bin/dbus-daemon --fork --print-pid 5 --print-address 7 --session root 1704 0.3 0.1 25348 3600 ? Sl 16:53 0:01 /usr/lib/udisks/udisks-daemon root 1705 0.0 0.0 6620 728 ? S 16:53 0:00 udisks-daemon: not polling any devices bw 1736 0.0 0.0 2008 64 ? S 16:53 0:00 /usr/lib/kde4/libexec/start_kdeinit +kcminit_startup bw 1737 0.0 0.5 115200 15588 ? Ss 16:53 0:00 kdeinit4: kdeinit4 Running... bw 1738 0.1 0.2 116756 8728 ? S 16:53 0:00 kdeinit4: klauncher [kdeinit] --fd=9 bw 1740 0.6 1.0 340524 31264 ? Sl 16:53 0:02 kdeinit4: kded4 [kdeinit] bw 1742 0.0 0.0 8944 2144 ? S 16:53 0:00 /usr/lib/i386-linux-gnu/gconf/gconfd-2 bw 1746 0.2 0.4 92028 14688 ? S 16:53 0:00 /usr/bin/kglobalaccel bw 1748 0.0 0.4 90804 13500 ? S 16:53 0:00 /usr/bin/kwalletd bw 1752 0.1 0.5 103764 15152 ? S 16:53 0:00 /usr/bin/kactivitymanagerd bw 1758 0.0 0.0 2144 280 ? S 16:53 0:00 kwrapper4 ksmserver bw 1759 0.1 0.5 150016 16088 ? Sl 16:53 0:00 kdeinit4: ksmserver [kdeinit] bw 1763 2.2 1.0 178492 32100 ? Sl 16:53 0:08 kwin bw 1772 0.2 0.5 106292 16340 ? Sl 16:53 0:00 /usr/bin/knotify4 bw 1777 0.9 1.1 246120 32912 ? Sl 16:53 0:03 /usr/bin/krunner bw 1778 6.3 2.7 389884 80216 ? Sl 16:53 0:23 /usr/bin/plasma-desktop bw 1785 0.0 0.0 2844 1208 ? S 16:53 0:00 ksysguardd bw 1789 0.1 0.4 82036 14176 ? S 16:53 0:00 /usr/bin/kuiserver bw 1805 0.3 0.1 61560 5612 ? Sl 16:53 0:01 /usr/bin/akonadi_control root 1806 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:53 0:00 [kworker/0:2] bw 1808 0.1 0.2 211852 8460 ? Sl 16:53 0:00 akonadiserver bw 1810 0.4 0.8 244116 25360 ? Sl 16:53 0:01 /usr/sbin/mysqld --defaults-file=/home/bw/.local/share/akonadi/mysql.conf --da bw 1874 0.0 0.0 35284 2956 ? Sl 16:53 0:00 /usr/bin/xsettings-kde bw 1876 0.0 0.3 68776 9488 ? Sl 16:53 0:00 /usr/bin/nepomukserver bw 1884 0.4 0.9 173876 29240 ? SNl 16:53 0:01 /usr/bin/nepomukservicestub nepomukstorage bw 1902 6.1 2.1 451512 63924 ? Sl 16:53 0:21 /home/bw/.dropbox-dist/dropbox bw 1906 3.8 1.0 142368 32376 ? Rl 16:53 0:13 /usr/bin/yakuake bw 1933 0.0 0.1 54636 4680 ? Sl 16:53 0:00 /usr/bin/zeitgeist-datahub bw 1943 0.5 1.5 164836 46836 ? Sl 16:53 0:01 python /usr/bin/printer-applet bw 1945 0.1 0.1 99636 5048 ? S<l 16:53 0:00 /usr/bin/pulseaudio --start --log-target=syslog rtkit 1947 0.0 0.0 21336 1248 ? SNl 16:53 0:00 /usr/lib/rtkit/rtkit-daemon bw 1958 0.0 0.1 44204 3792 ? Sl 16:53 0:00 /usr/bin/zeitgeist-daemon bw 1972 0.0 0.0 27008 2684 ? Sl 16:53 0:00 /usr/lib/gvfs/gvfsd bw 1974 0.1 0.5 90480 16660 ? Sl 16:53 0:00 /usr/bin/akonadi_agent_launcher akonadi_akonotes_resource akonadi_akonotes_res bw 1984 0.1 0.5 90472 16636 ? Sl 16:53 0:00 /usr/bin/akonadi_agent_launcher akonadi_akonotes_resource akonadi_akonotes_res bw 1985 0.3 0.9 148800 28304 ? S 16:53 0:01 /usr/bin/akonadi_archivemail_agent --identifier akonadi_archivemail_agent bw 1992 0.1 0.5 90020 16148 ? Sl 16:53 0:00 /usr/bin/akonadi_agent_launcher akonadi_contacts_resource akonadi_contacts_res bw 1993 0.1 0.5 90132 16452 ? Sl 16:53 0:00 /usr/bin/akonadi_agent_launcher akonadi_contacts_resource akonadi_contacts_res bw 1994 0.1 0.5 90564 16332 ? Sl 16:53 0:00 /usr/bin/akonadi_agent_launcher akonadi_ical_resource akonadi_ical_resource_0 bw 1995 0.1 0.5 90676 16732 ? Sl 16:53 0:00 /usr/bin/akonadi_agent_launcher akonadi_ical_resource akonadi_ical_resource_1 bw 1996 0.1 0.5 90468 16800 ? Sl 16:53 0:00 /usr/bin/akonadi_agent_launcher akonadi_maildir_resource akonadi_maildir_resou bw 1999 0.2 0.6 99324 19276 ? S 16:53 0:00 /usr/bin/akonadi_maildispatcher_agent --identifier akonadi_maildispatcher_agen bw 2006 0.3 0.9 148808 28332 ? S 16:53 0:01 /usr/bin/akonadi_mailfilter_agent --identifier akonadi_mailfilter_agent bw 2017 0.0 0.1 50256 4716 ? Sl 16:53 0:00 /usr/lib/zeitgeist/zeitgeist-fts bw 2024 0.2 0.6 103632 18376 ? Sl 16:53 0:00 /usr/bin/akonadi_nepomuk_feeder --identifier akonadi_nepomuk_feeder bw 2043 0.0 0.0 4484 280 ? S 16:53 0:00 /bin/cat bw 2101 0.2 0.7 113600 22396 ? Sl 16:53 0:00 /usr/lib/kde4/libexec/polkit-kde-authentication-agent-1 bw 2105 0.2 0.7 114196 22072 ? Sl 16:53 0:00 /usr/bin/nepomukcontroller bw 2156 0.3 1.0 333188 31244 ? Sl 16:54 0:01 /usr/bin/kmix bw 2167 0.0 0.0 6548 2724 pts/2 Ss 16:54 0:00 /bin/bash bw 2177 0.2 0.7 113496 22960 ? Sl 16:54 0:00 /usr/bin/klipper bw 2394 3.5 1.2 52932 35596 ? SNl 16:54 0:11 /usr/bin/virtuoso-t +foreground +configfile /tmp/virtuoso_hX1884.ini +wait root 2460 0.0 0.0 6184 1876 pts/2 S 16:54 0:00 sudo -s root 2500 0.0 0.0 6528 2700 pts/2 S 16:54 0:00 /bin/bash root 2599 0.0 0.0 5444 1280 pts/2 S+ 16:54 0:00 /bin/bash bin/aero root 2606 0.1 0.0 9836 2500 pts/2 S+ 16:54 0:00 wvdial aero2 root 2619 0.0 0.0 3504 1280 pts/2 S 16:54 0:00 /usr/sbin/pppd 57600 modem crtscts defaultroute usehostname -detach user aero bw 2653 0.0 0.0 6600 2880 pts/3 Ss 16:54 0:00 /bin/bash bw 2676 0.4 0.8 130296 24016 ? SNl 16:54 0:01 /usr/bin/nepomukservicestub nepomukfilewatch bw 2679 0.1 0.7 101636 22252 ? SNl 16:54 0:00 /usr/bin/nepomukservicestub nepomukqueryservice bw 2681 0.2 0.8 109836 24280 ? SNl 16:54 0:00 /usr/bin/nepomukservicestub nepomukbackupsync bw 3833 46.0 9.7 829272 288012 ? Rl 16:55 1:46 /usr/lib/firefox/firefox bw 3903 0.0 0.0 35128 2804 ? Sl 16:55 0:00 /usr/lib/at-spi2-core/at-spi-bus-launcher bw 4708 0.1 0.0 6564 2736 pts/4 Ss 16:56 0:00 /bin/bash root 5210 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:57 0:00 [kworker/u:0] root 6140 0.2 0.0 0 0 ? S 16:58 0:00 [kworker/0:1] root 6371 0.5 0.0 6184 1868 pts/4 S+ 16:59 0:00 sudo nethogs ppp0 root 6411 17.7 0.2 8616 6144 pts/4 S+ 16:59 0:05 nethogs ppp0 bw 6787 0.0 0.0 5464 1220 pts/3 R+ 16:59 0:00 ps auxw

    Read the article

  • CodePlex Daily Summary for Monday, June 27, 2011

    CodePlex Daily Summary for Monday, June 27, 2011Popular ReleasesSQL Compact Bulk Insert Library: beta 2.0: Update, with ColumnMappings and support for IEnumerable implemented (for most data types, anyway).MiniTwitter: 1.71: MiniTwitter 1.71 ???? ?? OAuth ???????????? ????????、??????????????????? ???????????????????????SizeOnDisk: 1.0.10.0: Fix: issue 327: size format error when save settings Fix: some UI bindings trouble (sorting, refresh) Fix: user settings file deletion when corrupted Feature: TreeView virtualization (better speed with many folders) Feature: New file type DataGrid column Feature: In KByte view, show size of file < 1024B and > 0 with 3 decimal Feature: New language: Italian Task: Cleanup for speedRawr: Rawr 4.2.0: This is the Downloadable WPF version of Rawr!For web-based version see http://elitistjerks.com/rawr.php You can find the version notes at: http://rawr.codeplex.com/wikipage?title=VersionNotes Rawr AddonWe now have a Rawr Official Addon for in-game exporting and importing of character data hosted on Curse. The Addon does not perform calculations like Rawr, it simply shows your exported Rawr data in wow tooltips and lets you export your character to Rawr (including bag and bank items) like Char...HD-Trailers.NET Downloader: HD-Trailer.net Downloader 1.86: This version implements a new config flag "ConsiderTheatricalandNumberedTrailersasIdentical" that for the purposes of Exclusions only Teaser Trailer and one Trailer (named Trailer, Theatrical Traler Trailer No. 1, Trailer 1, Trailer No. 2, etc) will be downloaded. This also includes a bug fix where the .nfo file did not include the -trailer if configured for XBMC.N2 CMS: 2.2: * Web platform installer support available ** Nuget support available What's newDinamico Templates (beta) - an MVC3 & Razor based template pack using the template-first! development paradigm Boilerplate CSS & HTML5 Advanced theming with css comipilation (concrete, dark, roadwork, terracotta) Template-first! development style Content, news, listing, slider, image sizes, search, sitemap, globalization, youtube, google map Display Tokens - replaces text tokens with rendered content (usag...TerrariViewer: TerrariViewer v4.0 [Terraria Inventory Editor]: Version 4.0 Changelog Continued support for Terraria v1.0.5 Fixed image display problem (Major Issue) Added Buff tabs to allowed editing character buffs Added support for displays whose DPI is set to 120 (Major Issue) Added support for screen resolutions that are horizontally smaller than 1280 (Major Issue) Changed the way users will select replacement items on multiple tabs Added items that were missing in the latest Terraria update Fixed various other bugsCoding4Fun Tools: Coding4Fun.Phone.Toolkit v1.4.2: All color pickers can have value set now and UX updates Bunch of fixes - see check-in notes and associated bugsMosaic Project: Mosaic Alpha Build 256: - Improved support for HTML widgets - Added options support for HTML widgets - Added hubs support for all widgets - Added Lock widget which shows Windows 8 like lock screen when you click on it - Added HTML Today widget (by Daniel Steiner)NCalc - Mathematical Expressions Evaluator for .NET: NCalc - 1.3.7: Fixing overflow when comparing long values Circuit Diagram: Circuit Diagram v0.5 Beta: New in this release: New components: Ammeter (meter) Voltmeter (meter) Undo/redo functionality for placing/moving components Choose resolution when exporting PNG image New logothinktecture WSCF.blue: WSCF.blue V1 Update (1.0.12): Features Added a new AutoSetSpecifiedPropertiesDecorator to automatically set the _Specified property to true when setter on matching property is called. Obviously this will only work when the Properties option is used. Bug Fixes Reduced the number of times menu visibility is updated in the SelectionEvents.OnChange event to help prevent OutOfMemoryException inside EnvDTE. Fixed NullReferenceException in OnTypeNameChanged method of MessageContractConverter. Improved validation of namespac....Net Image Processor: v1.0: Initial release of the library containing the core architecture and two filters. To install, extract the library to somewhere sensible then reference as a file from your project in Visual Studio.KinectNUI: Jun 25 Alpha Release: Initial public version. No installer needed, just run the EXE.Media Companion: MC 3.409b-1 Weekly: This weeks release is part way through a major rewrite of the TVShow code. This means that a few TV related features & functions are not fully operational at the moment. The reason for this release is so that people can see if their particular issue has been fixed during the week. Some issues may not be able to be fully checked due to the ongoing TV code refactoring. So, I would strongly suggest that you put this version into a separate folder, copy your settings folder across & test MC that...Terraria World Viewer: Version 1.5: Update June 24th Made compatible with the new tiles found in Terraria 1.0.5CuttingEdge.Conditions: CuttingEdge.Conditions v1.2: CuttingEdge.Conditions is a library that helps developers to write pre- and postcondition validations in their C# 3.0 and VB.NET 9 code base. Writing these validations is easy and it improves the readability and maintainability of code. This release adds IsNullOrWhiteSpace and IsNotNullOrWhiteSpace extension methods for string arguments and a adds a WithExceptionOnFailure<TException>() method on the Condition class which allows users to specify the type of exception that will be thrown. Fo...patterns & practices: Project Silk: Project Silk Community Drop 12 - June 22, 2011: Changes from previous drop: Minor code changes. New "Introduction" chapter. New "Modularity" chapter. Updated "Architecture" chapter. Updated "Server-Side Implementation" chapter. Updated "Client Data Management and Caching" chapter. Guidance Chapters Ready for Review The Word documents for the chapters are included with the source code in addition to the CHM to help you provide feedback. The PDF is provided as a separate download for your convenience. Installation Overview To ins...DotNetNuke® Community Edition: 06.00.00 Beta: Beta 1 (Build 2300) includes many important enhancements to the user experience. The control panel has been updated for easier access to the most important features and additional forms have been adapted to the new pattern. This release also includes many bug fixes that make it more stable than previous CTP releases. Beta ForumsAcDown????? - Anime&Comic Downloader: AcDown????? v3.0 Beta7: ??AcDown???????????????,?????????????????????。????????????????????,??Acfun、Bilibili、???、???、?????,???????????、???????。 AcDown???????????????????????????,???,???????????????????。 AcDown???????C#??,?????"Acfun?????"。 ????32??64? Windows XP/Vista/7 ????????????? ??:????????Windows XP???,?????????.NET Framework 2.0???(x86)?.NET Framework 2.0???(x64),?????"?????????"??? ??????????????,??????????: ??"AcDown?????"????????? ??v3.0 Beta7 ????????????? ???? ?? ????????????????? "??????"?????"?...New Projects.Net Micro Framework Contrib Library: Contrib library for the .Net Micro Framework..NET Notepad: this is my version of notepadAntLifeISEN: Projet de Découverte MISN P54 Simulation du comportement des fourmisApuracao AG: Estudos asp.net com MCV3apuracaoIK: estudos asp.net desenvolvimento manual;Bikirom BikiSoft: BikiRom BikiSoft windows interface to the BikiRom Megaboard series of real-time ecu retuning hardware.BlogSource: Blog Source.Carmilla Learning: Lessons for Camille Dollé, sup in Epita.Debug Single Thread: This Visual Studio 2010 extension adds two shortcuts and toolbar buttons to allow developers to easily focus on single threads while debugging multi-threaded applications. It dramatically reduces the need to manually go into the Threads window to freeze/thaw all threads but the one that needs to be followed, and therefore helps improve productivity. Features: - Restrict further execution to the current thread only. Will freeze all other threads. Shortcut: CTRL+T+T or snowflake button. -...Excel Viewer: Excel Viewer is a .net component that allows programmers to load excel application and also excel spreadsheets in our windows form. This component is useful for viewing excel reports in applications. This component is written in C# 2.0.Image Processor: The Image Processor in C#jQuery Mobile Extensions for ASP.Net MVC: jQMvc is a collection of extensions built on jQuery Mobile (currently in beta) that can be used with ASP.Net MVC to produce HTML5 based mobile applications. With jQMvc we'll be able to do the neat and powerful MVC stuff but for the emerging world of mobile HTML5 applications.just Think: This is about how to use ***** data for make a application on *****.Kinkuma Framework F# (Prism based F# MVVM Support Library): Kinkuma Framework?????F#?ViewModel?Model??????????????????????。Leuphana MyStudy Mobile: MyStudy schedule at your finger tips. Brings your Leuphana MyStudy schedule to your windows phone 7.maxtor1234test: this is my testMayhemModules: This project contains the modules from the Mayhem repository.PlaOrganizer: PLA Organizer helps create and manage playlist that is based on the PLA format. PowerSys: My Super PowerSystemSilverlight out-of-browser Contoso Dashboard: This is a small demonstration of the capabilities of Silverlight's out of browser mode. This projet includes : - Notification Windows - Unrestricted access to network (netTcpBinding) - Automatic updates (provided that you create your own trusted certificate) - Excel and Outlook Interop - Access to file system - Fullscreen modeSimple Binding Framework: Simple binding frameworkSimply BackUp Tool: A simple tool for backing up personal folders that is built in .Net with WPF. The tool will be updated for using latest techniques and technologies. In partnership with: http://www.ganahtech.comSoftware Botany Ivy - String Utils with CSV, Delimited, & Positional Text Parser: The Software Botany Ivy project is a library containing various string utilities. Included in the library are fluent APIs for parsing and creating delimited and fixed width positional text. Quoted CSV is supported. The library is built on .NET 4.0 using the C# language.Software Botany Sunlight - Word Aligned Hybrid Bit Vector Search Framework: The Software Botany Sunlight project is a search framework built using Word Aligned Hybrid Bit Vectors. Its sole purpose is to provide high performance in-memory searching of data using unknown combinations of indices. It is developed with .NET 4.0 using C#.Torrent file parsing, editing, and writing library: A fully functional library for reading and parsing bencode'd files (ie .torrent) into a fully editable DOM. Work with custom bencode'd file formats, or use strongly typed torrent file reading, modification, and writing. Written in C#.Tweeting Attendant: The Tweeting Attendant is a project created for the Adafruit Make It Tweet Challenge.UBL Larsen: UBL Larsen is a C# .NET 4.0 Class Library for reading/writing Universal Business Language (UBL) xml documents. No xml parsing is required. XmlSerializer will take care of the streaming for you. The library is custom generated from the "UBL 2.0 updated" xsd files to resemble the layout of the Oasis xsd file hierarchy. Some optimizations have been made in order to improve streaming speed and ease the job of for the developer. All of the types in Common Basic Components have been replaced. O...WenbianAsk: Ask system using WPF WP7 Transfer Data Tool: This tool is used to transfer data from PC to WP7. ???????: ?????

    Read the article

  • Dynamically loading Assemblies to reduce Runtime Depencies

    - by Rick Strahl
    I've been working on a request to the West Wind Application Configuration library to add JSON support. The config library is a very easy to use code-first approach to configuration: You create a class that holds the configuration data that inherits from a base configuration class, and then assign a persistence provider at runtime that determines where and how the configuration data is store. Currently the library supports .NET Configuration stores (web.config/app.config), XML files, SQL records and string storage.About once a week somebody asks me about JSON support and I've deflected this question for the longest time because frankly I think that JSON as a configuration store doesn't really buy a heck of a lot over XML. Both formats require the user to perform some fixup of the plain configuration data - in XML into XML tags, with JSON using JSON delimiters for properties and property formatting rules. Sure JSON is a little less verbose and maybe a little easier to read if you have hierarchical data, but overall the differences are pretty minor in my opinion. And yet - the requests keep rolling in.Hard Link Issues in a Component LibraryAnother reason I've been hesitant is that I really didn't want to pull in a dependency on an external JSON library - in this case JSON.NET - into the core library. If you're not using JSON.NET elsewhere I don't want a user to have to require a hard dependency on JSON.NET unless they want to use the JSON feature. JSON.NET is also sensitive to versions and doesn't play nice with multiple versions when hard linked. For example, when you have a reference to V4.4 in your project but the host application has a reference to version 4.5 you can run into assembly load problems. NuGet's Update-Package can solve some of this *if* you can recompile, but that's not ideal for a component that's supposed to be just plug and play. This is no criticism of JSON.NET - this really applies to any dependency that might change.  So hard linking the DLL can be problematic for a number reasons, but the primary reason is to not force loading of JSON.NET unless you actually need it when you use the JSON configuration features of the library.Enter Dynamic LoadingSo rather than adding an assembly reference to the project, I decided that it would be better to dynamically load the DLL at runtime and then use dynamic typing to access various classes. This allows me to run without a hard assembly reference and allows more flexibility with version number differences now and in the future.But there are also a couple of downsides:No assembly reference means only dynamic access - no compiler type checking or IntellisenseRequirement for the host application to have reference to JSON.NET or else get runtime errorsThe former is minor, but the latter can be problematic. Runtime errors are always painful, but in this case I'm willing to live with this. If you want to use JSON configuration settings JSON.NET needs to be loaded in the project. If this is a Web project, it'll likely be there already.So there are a few things that are needed to make this work:Dynamically create an instance and optionally attempt to load an Assembly (if not loaded)Load types into dynamic variablesUse Reflection for a few tasks like statics/enumsThe dynamic keyword in C# makes the formerly most difficult Reflection part - method calls and property assignments - fairly painless. But as cool as dynamic is it doesn't handle all aspects of Reflection. Specifically it doesn't deal with object activation, truly dynamic (string based) member activation or accessing of non instance members, so there's still a little bit of work left to do with Reflection.Dynamic Object InstantiationThe first step in getting the process rolling is to instantiate the type you need to work with. This might be a two step process - loading the instance from a string value, since we don't have a hard type reference and potentially having to load the assembly. Although the host project might have a reference to JSON.NET, that instance might have not been loaded yet since it hasn't been accessed yet. In ASP.NET this won't be a problem, since ASP.NET preloads all referenced assemblies on AppDomain startup, but in other executable project, assemblies are just in time loaded only when they are accessed.Instantiating a type is a two step process: Finding the type reference and then activating it. Here's the generic code out of my ReflectionUtils library I use for this:/// <summary> /// Creates an instance of a type based on a string. Assumes that the type's /// </summary> /// <param name="typeName">Common name of the type</param> /// <param name="args">Any constructor parameters</param> /// <returns></returns> public static object CreateInstanceFromString(string typeName, params object[] args) { object instance = null; Type type = null; try { type = GetTypeFromName(typeName); if (type == null) return null; instance = Activator.CreateInstance(type, args); } catch { return null; } return instance; } /// <summary> /// Helper routine that looks up a type name and tries to retrieve the /// full type reference in the actively executing assemblies. /// </summary> /// <param name="typeName"></param> /// <returns></returns> public static Type GetTypeFromName(string typeName) { Type type = null; // Let default name binding find it type = Type.GetType(typeName, false); if (type != null) return type; // look through assembly list var assemblies = AppDomain.CurrentDomain.GetAssemblies(); // try to find manually foreach (Assembly asm in assemblies) { type = asm.GetType(typeName, false); if (type != null) break; } return type; } To use this for loading JSON.NET I have a small factory function that instantiates JSON.NET and sets a bunch of configuration settings on the generated object. The startup code also looks for failure and tries loading up the assembly when it fails since that's the main reason the load would fail. Finally it also caches the loaded instance for reuse (according to James the JSON.NET instance is thread safe and quite a bit faster when cached). Here's what the factory function looks like in JsonSerializationUtils:/// <summary> /// Dynamically creates an instance of JSON.NET /// </summary> /// <param name="throwExceptions">If true throws exceptions otherwise returns null</param> /// <returns>Dynamic JsonSerializer instance</returns> public static dynamic CreateJsonNet(bool throwExceptions = true) { if (JsonNet != null) return JsonNet; lock (SyncLock) { if (JsonNet != null) return JsonNet; // Try to create instance dynamic json = ReflectionUtils.CreateInstanceFromString("Newtonsoft.Json.JsonSerializer"); if (json == null) { try { var ass = AppDomain.CurrentDomain.Load("Newtonsoft.Json"); json = ReflectionUtils.CreateInstanceFromString("Newtonsoft.Json.JsonSerializer"); } catch (Exception ex) { if (throwExceptions) throw; return null; } } if (json == null) return null; json.ReferenceLoopHandling = (dynamic) ReflectionUtils.GetStaticProperty("Newtonsoft.Json.ReferenceLoopHandling", "Ignore"); // Enums as strings in JSON dynamic enumConverter = ReflectionUtils.CreateInstanceFromString("Newtonsoft.Json.Converters.StringEnumConverter"); json.Converters.Add(enumConverter); JsonNet = json; } return JsonNet; }This code's purpose is to return a fully configured JsonSerializer instance. As you can see the code tries to create an instance and when it fails tries to load the assembly, and then re-tries loading.Once the instance is loaded some configuration occurs on it. Specifically I set the ReferenceLoopHandling option to not blow up immediately when circular references are encountered. There are a host of other small config setting that might be useful to set, but the default seem to be good enough in recent versions. Note that I'm setting ReferenceLoopHandling which requires an Enum value to be set. There's no real easy way (short of using the cardinal numeric value) to set a property or pass parameters from static values or enums. This means I still need to use Reflection to make this work. I'm using the same ReflectionUtils class I previously used to handle this for me. The function looks up the type and then uses Type.InvokeMember() to read the static property.Another feature I need is have Enum values serialized as strings rather than numeric values which is the default. To do this I can use the StringEnumConverter to convert enums to strings by adding it to the Converters collection.As you can see there's still a bit of Reflection to be done even in C# 4+ with dynamic, but with a few helpers this process is relatively painless.Doing the actual JSON ConversionFinally I need to actually do my JSON conversions. For the Utility class I need serialization that works for both strings and files so I created four methods that handle these tasks two each for serialization and deserialization for string and file.Here's what the File Serialization looks like:/// <summary> /// Serializes an object instance to a JSON file. /// </summary> /// <param name="value">the value to serialize</param> /// <param name="fileName">Full path to the file to write out with JSON.</param> /// <param name="throwExceptions">Determines whether exceptions are thrown or false is returned</param> /// <param name="formatJsonOutput">if true pretty-formats the JSON with line breaks</param> /// <returns>true or false</returns> public static bool SerializeToFile(object value, string fileName, bool throwExceptions = false, bool formatJsonOutput = false) { dynamic writer = null; FileStream fs = null; try { Type type = value.GetType(); var json = CreateJsonNet(throwExceptions); if (json == null) return false; fs = new FileStream(fileName, FileMode.Create); var sw = new StreamWriter(fs, Encoding.UTF8); writer = Activator.CreateInstance(JsonTextWriterType, sw); if (formatJsonOutput) writer.Formatting = (dynamic)Enum.Parse(FormattingType, "Indented"); writer.QuoteChar = '"'; json.Serialize(writer, value); } catch (Exception ex) { Debug.WriteLine("JsonSerializer Serialize error: " + ex.Message); if (throwExceptions) throw; return false; } finally { if (writer != null) writer.Close(); if (fs != null) fs.Close(); } return true; }You can see more of the dynamic invocation in this code. First I grab the dynamic JsonSerializer instance using the CreateJsonNet() method shown earlier which returns a dynamic. I then create a JsonTextWriter and configure a couple of enum settings on it, and then call Serialize() on the serializer instance with the JsonTextWriter that writes the output to disk. Although this code is dynamic it's still fairly short and readable.For full circle operation here's the DeserializeFromFile() version:/// <summary> /// Deserializes an object from file and returns a reference. /// </summary> /// <param name="fileName">name of the file to serialize to</param> /// <param name="objectType">The Type of the object. Use typeof(yourobject class)</param> /// <param name="binarySerialization">determines whether we use Xml or Binary serialization</param> /// <param name="throwExceptions">determines whether failure will throw rather than return null on failure</param> /// <returns>Instance of the deserialized object or null. Must be cast to your object type</returns> public static object DeserializeFromFile(string fileName, Type objectType, bool throwExceptions = false) { dynamic json = CreateJsonNet(throwExceptions); if (json == null) return null; object result = null; dynamic reader = null; FileStream fs = null; try { fs = new FileStream(fileName, FileMode.Open, FileAccess.Read); var sr = new StreamReader(fs, Encoding.UTF8); reader = Activator.CreateInstance(JsonTextReaderType, sr); result = json.Deserialize(reader, objectType); reader.Close(); } catch (Exception ex) { Debug.WriteLine("JsonNetSerialization Deserialization Error: " + ex.Message); if (throwExceptions) throw; return null; } finally { if (reader != null) reader.Close(); if (fs != null) fs.Close(); } return result; }This code is a little more compact since there are no prettifying options to set. Here JsonTextReader is created dynamically and it receives the output from the Deserialize() operation on the serializer.You can take a look at the full JsonSerializationUtils.cs file on GitHub to see the rest of the operations, but the string operations are very similar - the code is fairly repetitive.These generic serialization utilities isolate the dynamic serialization logic that has to deal with the dynamic nature of JSON.NET, and any code that uses these functions is none the wiser that JSON.NET is dynamically loaded.Using the JsonSerializationUtils WrapperThe final consumer of the SerializationUtils wrapper is an actual ConfigurationProvider, that is responsible for handling reading and writing JSON values to and from files. The provider is simple a small wrapper around the SerializationUtils component and there's very little code to make this work now:The whole provider looks like this:/// <summary> /// Reads and Writes configuration settings in .NET config files and /// sections. Allows reading and writing to default or external files /// and specification of the configuration section that settings are /// applied to. /// </summary> public class JsonFileConfigurationProvider<TAppConfiguration> : ConfigurationProviderBase<TAppConfiguration> where TAppConfiguration: AppConfiguration, new() { /// <summary> /// Optional - the Configuration file where configuration settings are /// stored in. If not specified uses the default Configuration Manager /// and its default store. /// </summary> public string JsonConfigurationFile { get { return _JsonConfigurationFile; } set { _JsonConfigurationFile = value; } } private string _JsonConfigurationFile = string.Empty; public override bool Read(AppConfiguration config) { var newConfig = JsonSerializationUtils.DeserializeFromFile(JsonConfigurationFile, typeof(TAppConfiguration)) as TAppConfiguration; if (newConfig == null) { if(Write(config)) return true; return false; } DecryptFields(newConfig); DataUtils.CopyObjectData(newConfig, config, "Provider,ErrorMessage"); return true; } /// <summary> /// Return /// </summary> /// <typeparam name="TAppConfig"></typeparam> /// <returns></returns> public override TAppConfig Read<TAppConfig>() { var result = JsonSerializationUtils.DeserializeFromFile(JsonConfigurationFile, typeof(TAppConfig)) as TAppConfig; if (result != null) DecryptFields(result); return result; } /// <summary> /// Write configuration to XmlConfigurationFile location /// </summary> /// <param name="config"></param> /// <returns></returns> public override bool Write(AppConfiguration config) { EncryptFields(config); bool result = JsonSerializationUtils.SerializeToFile(config, JsonConfigurationFile,false,true); // Have to decrypt again to make sure the properties are readable afterwards DecryptFields(config); return result; } }This incidentally demonstrates how easy it is to create a new provider for the West Wind Application Configuration component. Simply implementing 3 methods will do in most cases.Note this code doesn't have any dynamic dependencies - all that's abstracted away in the JsonSerializationUtils(). From here on, serializing JSON is just a matter of calling the static methods on the SerializationUtils class.Already, there are several other places in some other tools where I use JSON serialization this is coming in very handy. With a couple of lines of code I was able to add JSON.NET support to an older AJAX library that I use replacing quite a bit of code that was previously in use. And for any other manual JSON operations (in a couple of apps I use JSON Serialization for 'blob' like document storage) this is also going to be handy.Performance?Some of you might be thinking that using dynamic and Reflection can't be good for performance. And you'd be right… In performing some informal testing it looks like the performance of the native code is nearly twice as fast as the dynamic code. Most of the slowness is attributable to type lookups. To test I created a native class that uses an actual reference to JSON.NET and performance was consistently around 85-90% faster with the referenced code. That being said though - I serialized 10,000 objects in 80ms vs. 45ms so this isn't hardly slouchy. For the configuration component speed is not that important because both read and write operations typically happen once on first access and then every once in a while. But for other operations - say a serializer trying to handle AJAX requests on a Web Server one would be well served to create a hard dependency.Dynamic Loading - Worth it?On occasion dynamic loading makes sense. But there's a price to be paid in added code complexity and a performance hit. But for some operations that are not pivotal to a component or application and only used under certain circumstances dynamic loading can be beneficial to avoid having to ship extra files and loading down distributions. These days when you create new projects in Visual Studio with 30 assemblies before you even add your own code, trying to keep file counts under control seems a good idea. It's not the kind of thing you do on a regular basis, but when needed it can be a useful tool. Hopefully some of you find this information useful…© Rick Strahl, West Wind Technologies, 2005-2013Posted in .NET  C#   Tweet !function(d,s,id){var js,fjs=d.getElementsByTagName(s)[0];if(!d.getElementById(id)){js=d.createElement(s);js.id=id;js.src="//platform.twitter.com/widgets.js";fjs.parentNode.insertBefore(js,fjs);}}(document,"script","twitter-wjs"); (function() { var po = document.createElement('script'); po.type = 'text/javascript'; po.async = true; po.src = 'https://apis.google.com/js/plusone.js'; var s = document.getElementsByTagName('script')[0]; s.parentNode.insertBefore(po, s); })();

    Read the article

  • CodePlex Daily Summary for Wednesday, November 24, 2010

    CodePlex Daily Summary for Wednesday, November 24, 2010Popular ReleasesEdinamarry Free Tarot Software for Windows: Edinamarry Free Tarot Software Version 3.12: Version 3.12 - 24th November, 2010::: Contains new features and components. Fixed bugs too. History: Version 3.10 - 19th November 2010::: Contains bug fixes and replacements for older features. Added Collapsible Panels support. Client profiles and all cards data import and export, storage is now done in standalone databases. A new 2010-2011 Windows 7/XP freeware Tarot and Divinity Software for PC and Windows 7. Edinamarry brings to you an open Tarot Scribe Kit by which you can create your ...Deep Zoom for WPF: First Release: This first release of the Deep Zoom control has the same source code, binaries and demos as the CodeProject article (http://www.codeproject.com/KB/WPF/DeepZoom.aspx).Minemapper: Minemapper v0.1.2: Added cave and nether support. Added ability to enter a height (press enter or 'set height' button). Added View menu, moved 'Show Navigation Controls' there. Added View->Background Color menu to change the canvas background color (preference not currently saved). Improved handling of height change (still not perfect, think it can be made faster). Images are now cached in %APPDATA%\Minemapper, organized by world, then direction, then mode (cave, day, night, nether), then skylight, th...BlogEngine.NET: BlogEngine.NET 2.0 RC: This is a Release Candidate version for BlogEngine.NET 2.0. The most current, stable version of BlogEngine.NET is version 1.6. Find out more about the BlogEngine.NET 2.0 RC here. If you want to extend or modify BlogEngine.NET, you should download the source code. To get started, be sure to check out our installation documentation and the installation screencast. If you are upgrading from a previous version, please take a look at the Upgrading to BlogEngine.NET 2.0 instructions. As this ...NodeXL: Network Overview, Discovery and Exploration for Excel: NodeXL Excel Template, version 1.0.1.156: The NodeXL Excel template displays a network graph using edge and vertex lists stored in an Excel 2007 or Excel 2010 workbook. What's NewThis release adds a feature for aggregating the overall metrics in a folder full of NodeXL workbooks, adds geographical coordinates to the Twitter import features, and fixes a memory-related bug. See the Complete NodeXL Release History for details. Please Note: There is a new option in the setup program to install for "Just Me" or "Everyone." Most people...Wii Backup Fusion: Wii Backup Fusion 0.8.2 Beta: New in this release: - Update titles after language change - Tool tips for name/title - Transfer DVD to a specific image file - Download titles from wiitdb.com - Save Settings geometry - Titles and Cover language global in settings - Convert Files (images) to another format - Format WBFS partition - Create WBFS file - WIT path configurable in settings - Save last path in Files/Load - Sort game lists - Save column width - Sequenz of columns changeable - Set indicated columns in settings - Bus...SQL Monitor: SQL Monitor 1.3: 1. change sys.sysprocesses to DMV: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms187997.aspx select * from sys.dm_exec_connections select * from sys.dm_exec_requests select * from sys.dm_exec_sessions 2. adjust columns to fit without scrollingVFPX: FoxBarcode v.0.11: FoxBarcode v.0.11 - Released 2010.11.22 FoxBarcode is a 100% Visual FoxPro class that provides a tool for generating images with different bar code symbologies to be used in VFP forms and reports, or exported to other applications. Its use and distribution is free for all Visual FoxPro Community. Whats is new? Added a third parameter to the BarcodeImage() method Fixed some minor bugs History FoxBarcode v.0.10 - Released 2010.11.19 - 85 Downloads Project page: FoxBarcodeASP.NET MVC Project Awesome (jQuery Ajax helpers): 1.3.1 and demos: A rich set of helpers (controls) that you can use to build highly responsive and interactive Ajax-enabled Web applications. These helpers include Autocomplete, AjaxDropdown, Lookup, Confirm Dialog, Popup Form and Pager tested on mozilla, safari, chrome, opera, ie 9b/8/7/6DotSpatial: DotSpatial 11-21-2010: This release introduces the following Fixed bugs related to dispose, which caused issues when reordering layers in the legend Fixed bugs related to assigning categories where NULL values are in the fields New fast-acting resize using a bitmap "prediction" of what the final resize content will look like. ImageData.ReadBlock, ImageData.WriteBlock These allow direct file access for reading or writing a rectangular window. Bitmaps are used for holding the values. Removed the need to stor...MDownloader: MDownloader-0.15.24.6966: Fixed Updater; Fixed minor bugs;WPF Application Framework (WAF): WPF Application Framework (WAF) 2.0.0.1: Version: 2.0.0.1 (Milestone 1): This release contains the source code of the WPF Application Framework (WAF) and the sample applications. Requirements .NET Framework 4.0 (The package contains a solution file for Visual Studio 2010) The unit test projects require Visual Studio 2010 Professional Remark The sample applications are using Microsoft’s IoC container MEF. However, the WPF Application Framework (WAF) doesn’t force you to use the same IoC container in your application. You can use ...Home Access Plus+: v5.4.4: Version 5.4.4Change Log: Added logic to the My Computer Browsers to allow for users with no home directories (set in ad anyhow) Renamed the My School Computer Enhanced page to My School Computer Extended Edition File Changes: ~/bin/hap.web.dll ~/clientbin/hap.silverlight.xap ~/mycomputersl.aspx.NET Extensions - Extension Methods Library for C# and VB.NET: Release 2011.01: Added new extensions for - object.CountLoopsToNull Added new extensions for DateTime: - DateTime.IsWeekend - DateTime.AddWeeks Added new extensions for string: - string.Repeat - string.IsNumeric - string.ExtractDigits - string.ConcatWith - string.ToGuid - string.ToGuidSave Added new extensions for Exception: - Exception.GetOriginalException Added new extensions for Stream: - Stream.Write (overload) And other new methods ... Release as of dotnetpro 01/2011Microsoft All-In-One Code Framework: Visual Studio 2010 Code Samples 2010-11-19: Code samples for Visual Studio 2010Prism Training Kit: Prism Training Kit 4.0: Release NotesThis is an updated version of the Prism training Kit that targets Prism 4.0 and added labs for some of the new features of Prism 4.0. This release consists of a Training Kit with Labs on the following topics Modularity Dependency Injection Bootstrapper UI Composition Communication MEF Navigation Note: Take into account that this is a Beta version. If you find any bugs please report them in the Issue Tracker PrerequisitesVisual Studio 2010 Microsoft Word 2...Free language translator and file converter: Free Language Translator 2.2: Starting with version 2.0, the translator encountered a major redesign that uses MEF based plugins and .net 4.0. I've also fixed some bugs and added support for translating subtitles that can show up in video media players. Version 2.1 shows the context menu 'Translate' in Windows Explorer on right click. Version 2.2 has links to start the media file with its associated subtitle. Download the zip file and expand it in a temporary location on your local disk. At a minimum , you should uninstal...Free Silverlight & WPF Chart Control - Visifire: Visifire SL and WPF Charts v3.6.4 Released: Hi, Today we are releasing Visifire 3.6.4 with few bug fixes: * Multi-line Labels were getting clipped while exploding last DataPoint in Funnel and Pyramid chart. * ClosestPlotDistance property in Axis was not behaving as expected. * In DateTime Axis, Chart threw exception on mouse click over PlotArea if there were no DataPoints present in Chart. * ToolTip was not disappearing while changing the DataSource property of the DataSeries at real-time. * Chart threw exception ...Christoc's DotNetNuke Module Development Template: 00.00.05: This release of the DotNetNuke Module Development Templates replaces the NANT scripts with MSBuild scripts. You will need to download and install the MSBuildTasks MSI file from http://msbuildtasks.tigris.org/, it's pretty straight forward without needing any sort of customization during installation. To install these templates copy the ZIP file downloaded into your My Documents\Visual Studio 2008 (or 2010)\Templates\Project Templates\C#(or VB)\Web folder (if the WEB folder doesn't exist, cre...Microsoft SQL Server Product Samples: Database: AdventureWorks 2008R2 SR1: Sample Databases for Microsoft SQL Server 2008R2 (SR1)This release is dedicated to the sample databases that ship for Microsoft SQL Server 2008R2. See Database Prerequisites for SQL Server 2008R2 for feature configurations required for installing the sample databases. See Installing SQL Server 2008R2 Databases for step by step installation instructions. The SR1 release contains minor bug fixes to the installer used to create the sample databases. There are no changes to the databases them...New ProjectsAdventureWorks Products: This is a very simple module built for DNN 5.01.00 and up which allows you to edit some basic AdventureWorks product data. The module displays skin techniques.Amnesia: Transacts all changes to a website to facilitate automated UI testing. Queries from the automated test can also query the application database without blocking and participate in the transaction.DBA Inventory: DBA Inventory is a SQL Server based project to help inventory, manage, control, and report on a large SQL Server infrastructure without requiring agents on the target. dcorp: ?????? cmsFoldingAnalysis: Software para monitoramento de cliente folding@homeHelpSystem2010: testei2iPortal: i2i Technologies projectLucandra.NET: Lucandra.NET is a Lucene + Cassandra implementation written in C# which is based on the Lucandra (Java) project by Jake Luciani. Apache's Lucene is a high-performance full-text search engine, and Apache's Cassandra is a promising NoSQL database, originally developed by Facebook.MSBuild ConfigTransform for Visual Studio: MSbuild ConfigTransform makes transforming of config files (xml) an integrated part of your Visual Studio 2010 build action (CTRL+SHIFT+B or SHIFT+F6 or what your keyboards shortcut are set to) Provides optional fail on build on failed transformation of xml with error messagesNyx Editor: Nyx is a free, open-source game development tool aimed at making the creation and edition of levels or maps easy and enjoyable. Nyx exports level data as JSON, XML, or binary making it malleable to your own projects, engines, and needs.openfleet: This is a modular open source project to control fleets. It's a fork of the gofleet project (http://gitorious.org/gofleet).PoShRabbit: A PowerShell module to enable messaging against a Rabbit MQ server. Provides deeply integrated facilities for handling message queues and subscriptions using scripts. Enables PowerShell scripts to publish messages in Rabbit exchanges.Silverlight and WP7 Exception Handling and Logging building block: This code will help you handle and log client side exceptions in your Silverlight 4 and WP7 projects. Errors that occur in clients can be sent to your loggingservice. The service will store them. It's developed in C#, using VS2010.student admission system: this is emerson college registration system.Useful Desktop Components: Este artigo discute o uso de alguns componentes que podem ser muito úteis no dia a dia de um programador desktop como por exemplo manipulação de textos RTF, criptografias, validações, armazenamento de arquivos, validações de CPF e CNPJ, entre outros.WPF Calendar and DatePicker Themes: WPF Calendar and DatePicker ThemesWPF PropertyGrid Control: WPF PropertyGrid ControlWrix Development Kit: One development kit for internet and enterprise both.XNAPF: This project aims to create a control for integrating easily an XNA rendering in a WPF picture. xSNMP Extensions for System Center OpsMgr 2007: Developed by OpsMgr users with substantial community input, and tested extensively in implementations around the world, the xSNMP Management Pack suite is a powerful open-source SNMP monitoring implementation for Microsoft System Center Operations Manager 2007 R2 environments.

    Read the article

  • Oracle Data Integrator 11.1.1.5 Complex Files as Sources and Targets

    - by Alex Kotopoulis
    Overview ODI 11.1.1.5 adds the new Complex File technology for use with file sources and targets. The goal is to read or write file structures that are too complex to be parsed using the existing ODI File technology. This includes: Different record types in one list that use different parsing rules Hierarchical lists, for example customers with nested orders Parsing instructions in the file data, such as delimiter types, field lengths, type identifiers Complex headers such as multiple header lines or parseable information in header Skipping of lines  Conditional or choice fields Similar to the ODI File and XML File technologies, the complex file parsing is done through a JDBC driver that exposes the flat file as relational table structures. Complex files are mapped to one or more table structures, as opposed to the (simple) file technology, which always has a one-to-one relationship between file and table. The resulting set of tables follows the same concept as the ODI XML driver, table rows have additional PK-FK relationships to express hierarchy as well as order values to maintain the file order in the resulting table.   The parsing instruction format used for complex files is the nXSD (native XSD) format that is already in use with Oracle BPEL. This format extends the XML Schema standard by adding additional parsing instructions to each element. Using nXSD parsing technology, the native file is converted into an internal XML format. It is important to understand that the XML is streamed to improve performance; there is no size limitation of the native file based on memory size, the XML data is never fully materialized.  The internal XML is then converted to relational schema using the same mapping rules as the ODI XML driver. How to Create an nXSD file Complex file models depend on the nXSD schema for the given file. This nXSD file has to be created using a text editor or the Native Format Builder Wizard that is part of Oracle BPEL. BPEL is included in the ODI Suite, but not in standalone ODI Enterprise Edition. The nXSD format extends the standard XSD format through nxsd attributes. NXSD is a valid XML Schema, since the XSD standard allows extra attributes with their own namespaces. The following is a sample NXSD schema: <?xml version="1.0"?> <xsd:schema xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:nxsd="http://xmlns.oracle.com/pcbpel/nxsd" elementFormDefault="qualified" xmlns:tns="http://xmlns.oracle.com/pcbpel/demoSchema/csv" targetNamespace="http://xmlns.oracle.com/pcbpel/demoSchema/csv" attributeFormDefault="unqualified" nxsd:encoding="US-ASCII" nxsd:stream="chars" nxsd:version="NXSD"> <xsd:element name="Root">         <xsd:complexType><xsd:sequence>       <xsd:element name="Header">                 <xsd:complexType><xsd:sequence>                         <xsd:element name="Branch" type="xsd:string" nxsd:style="terminated" nxsd:terminatedBy=","/>                         <xsd:element name="ListDate" type="xsd:string" nxsd:style="terminated" nxsd:terminatedBy="${eol}"/>                         </xsd:sequence></xsd:complexType>                         </xsd:element>                 </xsd:sequence></xsd:complexType>         <xsd:element name="Customer" maxOccurs="unbounded">                 <xsd:complexType><xsd:sequence>                 <xsd:element name="Name" type="xsd:string" nxsd:style="terminated" nxsd:terminatedBy=","/>                         <xsd:element name="Street" type="xsd:string" nxsd:style="terminated" nxsd:terminatedBy="," />                         <xsd:element name="City" type="xsd:string" nxsd:style="terminated" nxsd:terminatedBy="${eol}" />                         </xsd:sequence></xsd:complexType>                         </xsd:element>                 </xsd:sequence></xsd:complexType> </xsd:element> </xsd:schema> The nXSD schema annotates elements to describe their position and delimiters within the flat text file. The schema above uses almost exclusively the nxsd:terminatedBy instruction to look for the next terminator chars. There are various constructs in nXSD to parse fixed length fields, look ahead in the document for string occurences, perform conditional logic, use variables to remember state, and many more. nXSD files can either be written manually using an XML Schema Editor or created using the Native Format Builder Wizard. Both Native Format Builder Wizard as well as the nXSD language are described in the Application Server Adapter Users Guide. The way to start the Native Format Builder in BPEL is to create a new File Adapter; in step 8 of the Adapter Configuration Wizard a new Schema for Native Format can be created:   The Native Format Builder guides through a number of steps to generate the nXSD based on a sample native file. If the format is complex, it is often a good idea to “approximate” it with a similar simple format and then add the complex components manually.  The resulting *.xsd file can be copied and used as the format for ODI, other BPEL constructs such as the file adapter definition are not relevant for ODI. Using this technique it is also possible to parse the same file format in SOA Suite and ODI, for example using SOA for small real-time messages, and ODI for large batches. This nXSD schema in this example describes a file with a header row containing data and 3 string fields per row delimited by commas, for example: Redwood City Downtown Branch, 06/01/2011 Ebeneezer Scrooge, Sandy Lane, Atherton Tiny Tim, Winton Terrace, Menlo Park The ODI Complex File JDBC driver exposes the file structure through a set of relational tables with PK-FK relationships. The tables for this example are: Table ROOT (1 row): ROOTPK Primary Key for root element SNPSFILENAME Name of the file SNPSFILEPATH Path of the file SNPSLOADDATE Date of load Table HEADER (1 row): ROOTFK Foreign Key to ROOT record ROWORDER Order of row in native document BRANCH Data BRANCHORDER Order of Branch within row LISTDATE Data LISTDATEORDER Order of ListDate within row Table ADDRESS (2 rows): ROOTFK Foreign Key to ROOT record ROWORDER Order of row in native document NAME Data NAMEORDER Oder of Name within row STREET Data STREETORDER Order of Street within row CITY Data CITYORDER Order of City within row Every table has PK and/or FK fields to reflect the document hierarchy through relationships. In this example this is trivial since the HEADER and all CUSTOMER records point back to the PK of ROOT. Deeper nested documents require this to identify parent elements. All tables also have a ROWORDER field to define the order of rows, as well as order fields for each column, in case the order of columns varies in the original document and needs to be maintained. If order is not relevant, these fields can be ignored. How to Create an Complex File Data Server in ODI After creating the nXSD file and a test data file, and storing it on the local file system accessible to ODI, you can go to the ODI Topology Navigator to create a Data Server and Physical Schema under the Complex File technology. This technology follows the conventions of other ODI technologies and is very similar to the XML technology. The parsing settings such as the source native file, the nXSD schema file, the root element, as well as the external database can be set in the JDBC URL: The use of an external database defined by dbprops is optional, but is strongly recommended for production use. Ideally, the staging database should be used for this. Also, when using a complex file exclusively for read purposes, it is recommended to use the ro=true property to ensure the file is not unnecessarily synchronized back from the database when the connection is closed. A data file is always required to be present  at the filename path during design-time. Without this file, operations like testing the connection, reading the model data, or reverse engineering the model will fail.  All properties of the Complex File JDBC Driver are documented in the Oracle Fusion Middleware Connectivity and Knowledge Modules Guide for Oracle Data Integrator in Appendix C: Oracle Data Integrator Driver for Complex Files Reference. David Allan has created a great viewlet Complex File Processing - 0 to 60 which shows the creation of a Complex File data server as well as a model based on this server. How to Create Models based on an Complex File Schema Once physical schema and logical schema have been created, the Complex File can be used to create a Model as if it were based on a database. When reverse-engineering the Model, data stores(tables) for each XSD element of complex type will be created. Use of complex files as sources is straightforward; when using them as targets it has to be made sure that all dependent tables have matching PK-FK pairs; the same applies to the XML driver as well. Debugging and Error Handling There are different ways to test an nXSD file. The Native Format Builder Wizard can be used even if the nXSD wasn’t created in it; it will show issues related to the schema and/or test data. In ODI, the nXSD  will be parsed and run against the existing test XML file when testing a connection in the Dataserver. If either the nXSD has an error or the data is non-compliant to the schema, an error will be displayed. Sample error message: Error while reading native data. [Line=1, Col=5] Not enough data available in the input, when trying to read data of length "19" for "element with name D1" from the specified position, using "style" as "fixedLength" and "length" as "". Ensure that there is enough data from the specified position in the input. Complex File FAQ Is the size of the native file limited by available memory? No, since the native data is streamed through the driver, only the available space in the staging database limits the size of the data. There are limits on individual field sizes, though; a single large object field needs to fit in memory. Should I always use the complex file driver instead of the file driver in ODI now? No, use the file technology for all simple file parsing tasks, for example any fixed-length or delimited files that just have one row format and can be mapped into a simple table. Because of its narrow assumptions the ODI file driver is easy to configure within ODI and can stream file data without writing it into a database. The complex file driver should be used whenever the use case cannot be handled through the file driver. Are we generating XML out of flat files before we write it into a database? We don’t materialize any XML as part of parsing a flat file, either in memory or on disk. The data produced by the XML parser is streamed in Java objects that just use XSD-derived nXSD schema as its type system. We use the nXSD schema because is the standard for describing complex flat file metadata in Oracle Fusion Middleware, and enables users to share schemas across products. Is the nXSD file interchangeable with SOA Suite? Yes, ODI can use the same nXSD files as SOA Suite, allowing mixed use cases with the same data format. Can I start the Native Format Builder from the ODI Studio? No, the Native Format Builder has to be started from a JDeveloper with BPEL instance. You can get BPEL as part of the SOA Suite bundle. Users without SOA Suite can manually develop nXSD files using XSD editors. When is the database data written back to the native file? Data is synchronized using the SYNCHRONIZE and CREATE FILE commands, and when the JDBC connection is closed. It is recommended to set the ro or read_only property to true when a file is exclusively used for reading so that no unnecessary write-backs occur. Is the nXSD metadata part of the ODI Master or Work Repository? No, the data server definition in the master repository only contains the JDBC URL with file paths; the nXSD files have to be accessible on the file systems where the JDBC driver is executed during production, either by copying or by using a network file system. Where can I find sample nXSD files? The Application Server Adapter Users Guide contains nXSD samples for various different use cases.

    Read the article

  • ANTS Memory Profiler 7.0 Review

    - by Michael B. McLaughlin
    (This is my first review as a part of the GeeksWithBlogs.net Influencers program. It’s a program in which I (and the others who have been selected for it) get the opportunity to check out new products and services and write reviews about them. We don’t get paid for this, but we do generally get to keep a copy of the software or retain an account for some period of time on the service that we review. In this case I received a copy of Red Gate Software’s ANTS Memory Profiler 7.0, which was released in January. I don’t have any upgrade rights nor is my review guided, restrained, influenced, or otherwise controlled by Red Gate or anyone else. But I do get to keep the software license. I will always be clear about what I received whenever I do a review – I leave it up to you to decide whether you believe I can be objective. I believe I can be. If I used something and really didn’t like it, keeping a copy of it wouldn’t be worth anything to me. In that case though, I would simply uninstall/deactivate/whatever the software or service and tell the company what I didn’t like about it so they could (hopefully) make it better in the future. I don’t think it’d be polite to write up a terrible review, nor do I think it would be a particularly good use of my time. There are people who get paid for a living to review things, so I leave it to them to tell you what they think is bad and why. I’ll only spend my time telling you about things I think are good.) Overview of Common .NET Memory Problems When coming to land of managed memory from the wilds of unmanaged code, it’s easy to say to one’s self, “Wow! Now I never have to worry about memory problems again!” But this simply isn’t true. Managed code environments, such as .NET, make many, many things easier. You will never have to worry about memory corruption due to a bad pointer, for example (unless you’re working with unsafe code, of course). But managed code has its own set of memory concerns. For example, failing to unsubscribe from events when you are done with them leaves the publisher of an event with a reference to the subscriber. If you eliminate all your own references to the subscriber, then that memory is effectively lost since the GC won’t delete it because of the publishing object’s reference. When the publishing object itself becomes subject to garbage collection then you’ll get that memory back finally, but that could take a very long time depending of the life of the publisher. Another common source of resource leaks is failing to properly release unmanaged resources. When writing a class that contains members that hold unmanaged resources (e.g. any of the Stream-derived classes, IsolatedStorageFile, most classes ending in “Reader” or “Writer”), you should always implement IDisposable, making sure to use a properly written Dispose method. And when you are using an instance of a class that implements IDisposable, you should always make sure to use a 'using' statement in order to ensure that the object’s unmanaged resources are disposed of properly. (A ‘using’ statement is a nicer, cleaner looking, and easier to use version of a try-finally block. The compiler actually translates it as though it were a try-finally block. Note that Code Analysis warning 2202 (CA2202) will often be triggered by nested using blocks. A properly written dispose method ensures that it only runs once such that calling dispose multiple times should not be a problem. Nonetheless, CA2202 exists and if you want to avoid triggering it then you should write your code such that only the innermost IDisposable object uses a ‘using’ statement, with any outer code making use of appropriate try-finally blocks instead). Then, of course, there are situations where you are operating in a memory-constrained environment or else you want to limit or even eliminate allocations within a certain part of your program (e.g. within the main game loop of an XNA game) in order to avoid having the GC run. On the Xbox 360 and Windows Phone 7, for example, for every 1 MB of heap allocations you make, the GC runs; the added time of a GC collection can cause a game to drop frames or run slowly thereby making it look bad. Eliminating allocations (or else minimizing them and calling an explicit Collect at an appropriate time) is a common way of avoiding this (the other way is to simplify your heap so that the GC’s latency is low enough not to cause performance issues). ANTS Memory Profiler 7.0 When the opportunity to review Red Gate’s recently released ANTS Memory Profiler 7.0 arose, I jumped at it. In order to review it, I was given a free copy (which does not include upgrade rights for future versions) which I am allowed to keep. For those of you who are familiar with ANTS Memory Profiler, you can find a list of new features and enhancements here. If you are an experienced .NET developer who is familiar with .NET memory management issues, ANTS Memory Profiler is great. More importantly still, if you are new to .NET development or you have no experience or limited experience with memory profiling, ANTS Memory Profiler is awesome. From the very beginning, it guides you through the process of memory profiling. If you’re experienced and just want dive in however, it doesn’t get in your way. The help items GAHSFLASHDAJLDJA are well designed and located right next to the UI controls so that they are easy to find without being intrusive. When you first launch it, it presents you with a “Getting Started” screen that contains links to “Memory profiling video tutorials”, “Strategies for memory profiling”, and the “ANTS Memory Profiler forum”. I’m normally the kind of person who looks at a screen like that only to find the “Don’t show this again” checkbox. Since I was doing a review, though, I decided I should examine them. I was pleasantly surprised. The overview video clocks in at three minutes and fifty seconds. It begins by showing you how to get started profiling an application. It explains that profiling is done by taking memory snapshots periodically while your program is running and then comparing them. ANTS Memory Profiler (I’m just going to call it “ANTS MP” from here) analyzes these snapshots in the background while your application is running. It briefly mentions a new feature in Version 7, a new API that give you the ability to trigger snapshots from within your application’s source code (more about this below). You can also, and this is the more common way you would do it, take a memory snapshot at any time from within the ANTS MP window by clicking the “Take Memory Snapshot” button in the upper right corner. The overview video goes on to demonstrate a basic profiling session on an application that pulls information from a database and displays it. It shows how to switch which snapshots you are comparing, explains the different sections of the Summary view and what they are showing, and proceeds to show you how to investigate memory problems using the “Instance Categorizer” to track the path from an object (or set of objects) to the GC’s root in order to find what things along the path are holding a reference to it/them. For a set of objects, you can then click on it and get the “Instance List” view. This displays all of the individual objects (including their individual sizes, values, etc.) of that type which share the same path to the GC root. You can then click on one of the objects to generate an “Instance Retention Graph” view. This lets you track directly up to see the reference chain for that individual object. In the overview video, it turned out that there was an event handler which was holding on to a reference, thereby keeping a large number of strings that should have been freed in memory. Lastly the video shows the “Class List” view, which lets you dig in deeply to find problems that might not have been clear when following the previous workflow. Once you have at least one memory snapshot you can begin analyzing. The main interface is in the “Analysis” tab. You can also switch to the “Session Overview” tab, which gives you several bar charts highlighting basic memory data about the snapshots you’ve taken. If you hover over the individual bars (and the individual colors in bars that have more than one), you will see a detailed text description of what the bar is representing visually. The Session Overview is good for a quick summary of memory usage and information about the different heaps. You are going to spend most of your time in the Analysis tab, but it’s good to remember that the Session Overview is there to give you some quick feedback on basic memory usage stats. As described above in the summary of the overview video, there is a certain natural workflow to the Analysis tab. You’ll spin up your application and take some snapshots at various times such as before and after clicking a button to open a window or before and after closing a window. Taking these snapshots lets you examine what is happening with memory. You would normally expect that a lot of memory would be freed up when closing a window or exiting a document. By taking snapshots before and after performing an action like that you can see whether or not the memory is really being freed. If you already know an area that’s giving you trouble, you can run your application just like normal until just before getting to that part and then you can take a few strategic snapshots that should help you pin down the problem. Something the overview didn’t go into is how to use the “Filters” section at the bottom of ANTS MP together with the Class List view in order to narrow things down. The video tutorials page has a nice 3 minute intro video called “How to use the filters”. It’s a nice introduction and covers some of the basics. I’m going to cover a bit more because I think they’re a really neat, really helpful feature. Large programs can bring up thousands of classes. Even simple programs can instantiate far more classes than you might realize. In a basic .NET 4 WPF application for example (and when I say basic, I mean just MainWindow.xaml with a button added to it), the unfiltered Class List view will have in excess of 1000 classes (my simple test app had anywhere from 1066 to 1148 classes depending on which snapshot I was using as the “Current” snapshot). This is amazing in some ways as it shows you how in stark detail just how immensely powerful the WPF framework is. But hunting through 1100 classes isn’t productive, no matter how cool it is that there are that many classes instantiated and doing all sorts of awesome things. Let’s say you wanted to examine just the classes your application contains source code for (in my simple example, that would be the MainWindow and App). Under “Basic Filters”, click on “Classes with source” under “Show only…”. Voilà. Down from 1070 classes in the snapshot I was using as “Current” to 2 classes. If you then click on a class’s name, it will show you (to the right of the class name) two little icon buttons. Hover over them and you will see that you can click one to view the Instance Categorizer for the class and another to view the Instance List for the class. You can also show classes based on which heap they live on. If you chose both a Baseline snapshot and a Current snapshot then you can use the “Comparing snapshots” filters to show only: “New objects”; “Surviving objects”; “Survivors in growing classes”; or “Zombie objects” (if you aren’t sure what one of these means, you can click the helpful “?” in a green circle icon to bring up a popup that explains them and provides context). Remember that your selection(s) under the “Show only…” heading will still apply, so you should update those selections to make sure you are seeing the view you want. There are also links under the “What is my memory problem?” heading that can help you diagnose the problems you are seeing including one for “I don’t know which kind I have” for situations where you know generally that your application has some problems but aren’t sure what the behavior you have been seeing (OutOfMemoryExceptions, continually growing memory usage, larger memory use than expected at certain points in the program). The Basic Filters are not the only filters there are. “Filter by Object Type” gives you the ability to filter by: “Objects that are disposable”; “Objects that are/are not disposed”; “Objects that are/are not GC roots” (GC roots are things like static variables); and “Objects that implement _______”. “Objects that implement” is particularly neat. Once you check the box, you can then add one or more classes and interfaces that an object must implement in order to survive the filtering. Lastly there is “Filter by Reference”, which gives you the option to pare down the list based on whether an object is “Kept in memory exclusively by” a particular item, a class/interface, or a namespace; whether an object is “Referenced by” one or more of those choices; and whether an object is “Never referenced by” one or more of those choices. Remember that filtering is cumulative, so anything you had set in one of the filter sections still remains in effect unless and until you go back and change it. There’s quite a bit more to ANTS MP – it’s a very full featured product – but I think I touched on all of the most significant pieces. You can use it to debug: a .NET executable; an ASP.NET web application (running on IIS); an ASP.NET web application (running on Visual Studio’s built-in web development server); a Silverlight 4 browser application; a Windows service; a COM+ server; and even something called an XBAP (local XAML browser application). You can also attach to a .NET 4 process to profile an application that’s already running. The startup screen also has a large number of “Charting Options” that let you adjust which statistics ANTS MP should collect. The default selection is a good, minimal set. It’s worth your time to browse through the charting options to examine other statistics that may also help you diagnose a particular problem. The more statistics ANTS MP collects, the longer it will take to collect statistics. So just turning everything on is probably a bad idea. But the option to selectively add in additional performance counters from the extensive list could be a very helpful thing for your memory profiling as it lets you see additional data that might provide clues about a particular problem that has been bothering you. ANTS MP integrates very nicely with all versions of Visual Studio that support plugins (i.e. all of the non-Express versions). Just note that if you choose “Profile Memory” from the “ANTS” menu that it will launch profiling for whichever project you have set as the Startup project. One quick tip from my experience so far using ANTS MP: if you want to properly understand your memory usage in an application you’ve written, first create an “empty” version of the type of project you are going to profile (a WPF application, an XNA game, etc.) and do a quick profiling session on that so that you know the baseline memory usage of the framework itself. By “empty” I mean just create a new project of that type in Visual Studio then compile it and run it with profiling – don’t do anything special or add in anything (except perhaps for any external libraries you’re planning to use). The first thing I tried ANTS MP out on was a demo XNA project of an editor that I’ve been working on for quite some time that involves a custom extension to XNA’s content pipeline. The first time I ran it and saw the unmanaged memory usage I was convinced I had some horrible bug that was creating extra copies of texture data (the demo project didn’t have a lot of texture data so when I saw a lot of unmanaged memory I instantly figured I was doing something wrong). Then I thought to run an empty project through and when I saw that the amount of unmanaged memory was virtually identical, it dawned on me that the CLR itself sits in unmanaged memory and that (thankfully) there was nothing wrong with my code! Quite a relief. Earlier, when discussing the overview video, I mentioned the API that lets you take snapshots from within your application. I gave it a quick trial and it’s very easy to integrate and make use of and is a really nice addition (especially for projects where you want to know what, if any, allocations there are in a specific, complicated section of code). The only concern I had was that if I hadn’t watched the overview video I might never have known it existed. Even then it took me five minutes of hunting around Red Gate’s website before I found the “Taking snapshots from your code" article that explains what DLL you need to add as a reference and what method of what class you should call in order to take an automatic snapshot (including the helpful warning to wrap it in a try-catch block since, under certain circumstances, it can raise an exception, such as trying to call it more than 5 times in 30 seconds. The difficulty in discovering and then finding information about the automatic snapshots API was one thing I thought could use improvement. Another thing I think would make it even better would be local copies of the webpages it links to. Although I’m generally always connected to the internet, I imagine there are more than a few developers who aren’t or who are behind very restrictive firewalls. For them (and for me, too, if my internet connection happens to be down), it would be nice to have those documents installed locally or to have the option to download an additional “documentation” package that would add local copies. Another thing that I wish could be easier to manage is the Filters area. Finding and setting individual filters is very easy as is understanding what those filter do. And breaking it up into three sections (basic, by object, and by reference) makes sense. But I could easily see myself running a long profiling session and forgetting that I had set some filter a long while earlier in a different filter section and then spending quite a bit of time trying to figure out why some problem that was clearly visible in the data wasn’t showing up in, e.g. the instance list before remembering to check all the filters for that one setting that was only culling a few things from view. Some sort of indicator icon next to the filter section names that appears you have at least one filter set in that area would be a nice visual clue to remind me that “oh yeah, I told it to only show objects on the Gen 2 heap! That’s why I’m not seeing those instances of the SuperMagic class!” Something that would be nice (but that Red Gate cannot really do anything about) would be if this could be used in Windows Phone 7 development. If Microsoft and Red Gate could work together to make this happen (even if just on the WP7 emulator), that would be amazing. Especially given the memory constraints that apps and games running on mobile devices need to work within, a good memory profiler would be a phenomenally helpful tool. If anyone at Microsoft reads this, it’d be really great if you could make something like that happen. Perhaps even a (subsidized) custom version just for WP7 development. (For XNA games, of course, you can create a Windows version of the game and use ANTS MP on the Windows version in order to get a better picture of your memory situation. For Silverlight on WP7, though, there’s quite a bit of educated guess work and WeakReference creation followed by forced collections in order to find the source of a memory problem.) The only other thing I found myself wanting was a “Back” button. Between my Windows Phone 7, Zune, and other things, I’ve grown very used to having a “back stack” that lets me just navigate back to where I came from. The ANTS MP interface is surprisingly easy to use given how much it lets you do, and once you start using it for any amount of time, you learn all of the different areas such that you know where to go. And it does remember the state of the areas you were previously in, of course. So if you go to, e.g., the Instance Retention Graph from the Class List and then return back to the Class List, it will remember which class you had selected and all that other state information. Still, a “Back” button would be a welcome addition to a future release. Bottom Line ANTS Memory Profiler is not an inexpensive tool. But my time is valuable. I can easily see ANTS MP saving me enough time tracking down memory problems to justify it on a cost basis. More importantly to me, knowing what is happening memory-wise in my programs and having the confidence that my code doesn’t have any hidden time bombs in it that will cause it to OOM if I leave it running for longer than I do when I spin it up real quickly for debugging or just to see how a new feature looks and feels is a good feeling. It’s a feeling that I like having and want to continue to have. I got the current version for free in order to review it. Having done so, I’ve now added it to my must-have tools and will gladly lay out the money for the next version when it comes out. It has a 14 day free trial, so if you aren’t sure if it’s right for you or if you think it seems interesting but aren’t really sure if it’s worth shelling out the money for it, give it a try.

    Read the article

< Previous Page | 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420  | Next Page >